10552 lines
245 KiB
Plaintext
10552 lines
245 KiB
Plaintext
.\" $Xorg: X11.protocol,v 1.4 $
|
|
.\" $XdotOrg: xc/doc/specs/XProtocol/X11.protocol,v 1.2 2004/04/23 18:42:18 eich Exp $
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/specs/XProtocol/X11.protocol,v 1.4 2003/07/09 15:27:26 tsi Exp $
|
|
.EH ''''
|
|
.OH ''''
|
|
.EF ''''
|
|
.OF ''''
|
|
.ps 11
|
|
.nr PS 11
|
|
\&
|
|
.sp 8
|
|
.ce 4
|
|
\s+2\fBX Window System Protocol\fP\s-2
|
|
|
|
\s+1\fBX Consortium Standard\fP\s-1
|
|
|
|
\s+1\fBX Version 11, Release 6.8\fP\s-1
|
|
.sp 6
|
|
.ce 5
|
|
\s-1Robert W. Scheifler
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
X Consortium, Inc.
|
|
.bp
|
|
\&
|
|
.ps 9
|
|
.nr PS 9
|
|
.sp 8
|
|
.LP
|
|
X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Copyright \(co 1986, 1987, 1988, 1994, 2004 The Open Group
|
|
.LP
|
|
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
|
of this software and associated documentation files (the ``Software''), to deal
|
|
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
|
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
|
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
|
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
|
.LP
|
|
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
|
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
|
.LP
|
|
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
|
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
|
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
|
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
|
|
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the Open Group shall not be
|
|
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
|
|
in this Software without prior written authorization from the Open Group.
|
|
.ps 11
|
|
.nr PS 11
|
|
.bp
|
|
.XS iii
|
|
Acknowledgments
|
|
.XE
|
|
\&
|
|
.sp 1
|
|
.ce 3
|
|
\s+1\fBAcknowledgments\fP\s-1
|
|
.sp 2
|
|
.na
|
|
.LP
|
|
The primary contributers to the X11 protocol are:
|
|
.LP
|
|
.Ds
|
|
Dave Carver (Digital HPW)
|
|
Branko Gerovac (Digital HPW)
|
|
Jim Gettys (MIT/Project Athena, Digital)
|
|
Phil Karlton (Digital WSL)
|
|
Scott McGregor (Digital SSG)
|
|
Ram Rao (Digital UEG)
|
|
David Rosenthal (Sun)
|
|
Dave Winchell (Digital UEG)
|
|
.De
|
|
.LP
|
|
The implementors of initial server who provided useful
|
|
input are:
|
|
.LP
|
|
.Ds
|
|
Susan Angebranndt (Digital)
|
|
Raymond Drewry (Digital)
|
|
Todd Newman (Digital)
|
|
.De
|
|
.LP
|
|
The invited reviewers who provided useful input are:
|
|
.LP
|
|
.Ds
|
|
Andrew Cherenson (Berkeley)
|
|
Burns Fisher (Digital)
|
|
Dan Garfinkel (HP)
|
|
Leo Hourvitz (Next)
|
|
Brock Krizan (HP)
|
|
David Laidlaw (Stellar)
|
|
Dave Mellinger (Interleaf)
|
|
Ron Newman (MIT)
|
|
John Ousterhout (Berkeley)
|
|
Andrew Palay (ITC CMU)
|
|
Ralph Swick (MIT)
|
|
Craig Taylor (Sun)
|
|
Jeffery Vroom (Stellar)
|
|
.De
|
|
.LP
|
|
Thanks go to Al Mento of Digital's UEG Documentation Group for
|
|
formatting this document.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This document does not attempt to provide the rationale or pragmatics required
|
|
to fully understand the protocol or to place it in perspective within a
|
|
complete system.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The protocol contains many management mechanisms that are not intended for
|
|
normal applications.
|
|
Not all mechanisms are needed to build a particular user interface.
|
|
It is important to keep in mind that the protocol is intended to
|
|
provide mechanism, not policy.
|
|
.LP
|
|
.Ds 0
|
|
Robert W. Scheifler
|
|
X Consortium, Inc.
|
|
.De
|
|
.bp 1
|
|
.EH '\fBX Protocol\fP''\fBX11, Release 6.8\fP'
|
|
.OH '\fBX Protocol\fP''\fBX11, Release 6.8\fP'
|
|
.EF ''\fB % \fP''
|
|
.OF ''\fB % \fP''
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Protocol Formats
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Protocol Formats
|
|
.XE
|
|
.SH
|
|
Request Format
|
|
.LP
|
|
Every request contains an 8-bit major opcode and a 16-bit length field
|
|
expressed in units of four bytes.
|
|
Every request consists of four bytes of a header
|
|
(containing the major opcode, the length field, and a data byte)
|
|
followed by zero or more additional bytes of data.
|
|
The length field defines the total length of the request, including the header.
|
|
The length field in a request must equal the minimum length required to contain
|
|
the request.
|
|
If the specified length is smaller or larger than the required length,
|
|
an error is generated.
|
|
Unused bytes in a request are not required to be zero.
|
|
Major opcodes 128 through 255 are reserved for extensions.
|
|
Extensions are intended to contain multiple requests,
|
|
so extension requests typically have an additional minor opcode encoded
|
|
in the second data byte in the request header.
|
|
However, the placement and interpretation of this minor opcode and of all
|
|
other fields in extension requests are not defined by the core protocol.
|
|
Every request on a given connection is implicitly assigned a sequence number,
|
|
starting with one, that is used in replies, errors, and events.
|
|
.SH
|
|
Reply Format
|
|
.LP
|
|
Every reply contains a 32-bit length field expressed in units of four bytes.
|
|
Every reply consists of 32 bytes followed by zero or more additional bytes of
|
|
data, as specified in the length field.
|
|
Unused bytes within a reply are not guaranteed to be zero.
|
|
Every reply also contains the least significant 16 bits of the sequence number
|
|
of the corresponding request.
|
|
.SH
|
|
Error Format
|
|
.LP
|
|
Error reports are 32 bytes long.
|
|
Every error includes an 8-bit error code.
|
|
Error codes 128 through 255 are reserved for extensions.
|
|
Every error also includes the major and minor opcodes of the failed request
|
|
and the least significant 16 bits of the sequence number of the request.
|
|
For the following errors (see section 4),
|
|
the failing resource ID is also returned:
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN Font ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice ,
|
|
.PN Pixmap ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Window .
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Atom
|
|
errors, the failing atom is returned.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
errors, the failing value is returned.
|
|
Other core errors return no additional data.
|
|
Unused bytes within an error are not guaranteed to be zero.
|
|
.SH
|
|
Event Format
|
|
.LP
|
|
Events are 32 bytes long.
|
|
Unused bytes within an event are not guaranteed to be zero.
|
|
Every event contains an 8-bit type code.
|
|
The most significant bit in this code is set if the event was generated from a
|
|
.PN SendEvent
|
|
request.
|
|
Event codes 64 through 127 are reserved for extensions, although the core
|
|
protocol does not define a mechanism for selecting interest in such events.
|
|
Every core event (with the exception of
|
|
.PN KeymapNotify )
|
|
also contains the least significant 16 bits of the sequence number of the last
|
|
request issued by the client that was (or is currently being) processed by
|
|
the server.
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Syntactic Conventions
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Syntactic Conventions
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The rest of this document uses the following syntactic conventions.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The syntax {...} encloses a set of alternatives.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The syntax [...] encloses a set of structure components.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
In general, TYPEs are in uppercase and
|
|
.PN AlternativeValues
|
|
are capitalized.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
Requests in section 9 are described in the following format:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.Ds 0
|
|
.TA .75i
|
|
.ta .75i
|
|
.PN RequestName
|
|
\fIarg1\fP\^: type1
|
|
...
|
|
\fIargN\fP\^: typeN
|
|
\(->
|
|
result1: type1
|
|
...
|
|
resultM: typeM
|
|
|
|
Errors: kind1, ..., kindK
|
|
|
|
Description.
|
|
.De
|
|
.IP
|
|
If no \(-> is present in the description,
|
|
then the request has no reply (it is asynchronous),
|
|
although errors may still be reported.
|
|
If \(->+ is used,
|
|
then one or more replies can be generated for a single request.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
Events in section 11 are described in the following format:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.Ds 0
|
|
.TA .75i
|
|
.ta .75i
|
|
.PN EventName
|
|
\fIvalue1\fP\^: type1
|
|
...
|
|
\fIvalueN\fP\^: typeN
|
|
|
|
Description.
|
|
.De
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Common Types
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Common Types
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
.TS H
|
|
lw(1.25i) lw(4.5i).
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Name Value
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.IN "Types" "LISTofFOO" "@DEF@"
|
|
LISTofFOO T{
|
|
A type name of the form LISTofFOO means a counted list of elements of type
|
|
FOO.
|
|
The size of the length field may vary (it is not necessarily the same
|
|
size as a FOO), and in some cases, it may be implicit.
|
|
It is fully specified in Appendix B.
|
|
Except where explicitly noted,
|
|
zero-length lists are legal.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 3p
|
|
.IN "Types" "BITMASK" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
BITMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
.ns
|
|
.IN "Types" "LISTofVALUE" "@DEF@"
|
|
LISTofVALUE
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The types BITMASK and LISTofVALUE are somewhat special.
|
|
Various requests contain arguments of the form:
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-list\fP\^: LISTofVALUE
|
|
.br
|
|
These are used to allow the client to specify a subset of a heterogeneous
|
|
collection of optional arguments.
|
|
The value-mask specifies which arguments are to be provided;
|
|
each such argument is assigned a unique bit position.
|
|
The representation of the BITMASK will typically contain more bits than
|
|
there are defined arguments.
|
|
The unused bits in the value-mask must be zero (or the server generates a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error).
|
|
The value-list contains one value for each bit set to 1 in the mask,
|
|
from least significant to most significant bit in the mask.
|
|
Each value is represented with four bytes,
|
|
but the actual value occupies only the least significant bytes as required.
|
|
The values of the unused bytes do not matter.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 3p
|
|
.IN "Types" "OR" "@DEF@"
|
|
OR T{
|
|
A type of the form ``T1 or ... or Tn'' means the union of the indicated types.
|
|
A single-element type is given as the element without enclosing braces.
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "WINDOW" "@DEF@"
|
|
WINDOW 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "PIXMAP" "@DEF@"
|
|
PIXMAP 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "CURSOR" "@DEF@"
|
|
CURSOR 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "FONT" "@DEF@"
|
|
FONT 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "GCONTEXT" "@DEF@"
|
|
GCONTEXT 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "COLORMAP" "@DEF@"
|
|
COLORMAP 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "DRAWABLE" "@DEF@"
|
|
DRAWABLE WINDOW or PIXMAP
|
|
.IN "Types" "FONTABLE" "@DEF@"
|
|
FONTABLE FONT or GCONTEXT
|
|
.IN "Types" "ATOM" "@DEF@"
|
|
ATOM 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "VISUALID" "@DEF@"
|
|
VISUALID 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "VALUE" "@DEF@"
|
|
VALUE 32-bit quantity (used only in LISTofVALUE)
|
|
.IN "Types" "BYTE" "@DEF@"
|
|
BYTE 8-bit value
|
|
.IN "Types" "INT8" "@DEF@"
|
|
INT8 8-bit signed integer
|
|
.IN "Types" "INT16" "@DEF@"
|
|
INT16 16-bit signed integer
|
|
.IN "Types" "INT32" "@DEF@"
|
|
INT32 32-bit signed integer
|
|
.IN "Types" "CARD8" "@DEF@"
|
|
CARD8 8-bit unsigned integer
|
|
.IN "Types" "CARD16" "@DEF@"
|
|
CARD16 16-bit unsigned integer
|
|
.IN "Types" "CARD32" "@DEF@"
|
|
CARD32 32-bit unsigned integer
|
|
.IN "Types" "TIMESTAMP" "@DEF@"
|
|
TIMESTAMP CARD32
|
|
.IN "Types" "BITGRAVITY" "@DEF@"
|
|
BITGRAVITY T{
|
|
.Pn { Forget ,
|
|
.PN Static ,
|
|
.PN NorthWest ,
|
|
.PN North ,
|
|
.PN NorthEast ,
|
|
.PN West ,
|
|
.PN Center ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN East ,
|
|
.PN SouthWest ,
|
|
.PN South ,
|
|
.PN SouthEast }
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "WINGRAVITY" "@DEF@"
|
|
WINGRAVITY T{
|
|
.Pn { Unmap ,
|
|
.PN Static ,
|
|
.PN NorthWest ,
|
|
.PN North ,
|
|
.PN NorthEast ,
|
|
.PN West ,
|
|
.PN Center ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN East ,
|
|
.PN SouthWest ,
|
|
.PN South ,
|
|
.PN SouthEast }
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "BOOL" "@DEF@"
|
|
BOOL T{
|
|
.Pn { True ,
|
|
.PN False }
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "EVENT" "@DEF@"
|
|
EVENT T{
|
|
.Pn { KeyPress ,
|
|
.PN KeyRelease ,
|
|
.PN OwnerGrabButton ,
|
|
.PN ButtonPress ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN ButtonRelease ,
|
|
.PN EnterWindow ,
|
|
.PN LeaveWindow ,
|
|
.PN PointerMotion ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN PointerMotionHint ,
|
|
.PN Button1Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button2Motion ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN Button3Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button4Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button5Motion ,
|
|
.PN ButtonMotion ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN Exposure ,
|
|
.PN VisibilityChange ,
|
|
.PN StructureNotify ,
|
|
.PN ResizeRedirect ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify ,
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect ,
|
|
.PN FocusChange ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN PropertyChange ,
|
|
.PN ColormapChange ,
|
|
.PN KeymapState }
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "POINTEREVENT" "@DEF@"
|
|
POINTEREVENT T{
|
|
.Pn { ButtonPress ,
|
|
.PN ButtonRelease ,
|
|
.PN EnterWindow ,
|
|
.PN LeaveWindow ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN PointerMotion ,
|
|
.PN PointerMotionHint ,
|
|
.PN Button1Motion ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN Button2Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button3Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button4Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button5Motion ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN ButtonMotion ,
|
|
.PN KeymapState }
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "DEVICEEVENT" "@DEF@"
|
|
DEVICEEVENT T{
|
|
.Pn { KeyPress ,
|
|
.PN KeyRelease ,
|
|
.PN ButtonPress ,
|
|
.PN ButtonRelease ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN PointerMotion ,
|
|
.PN Button1Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button2Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button3Motion ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN Button4Motion ,
|
|
.PN Button5Motion ,
|
|
.PN ButtonMotion }
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "KEYSYM" "@DEF@"
|
|
KEYSYM 32-bit value (top three bits guaranteed to be zero)
|
|
.IN "Types" "KEYCODE" "@DEF@"
|
|
KEYCODE CARD8
|
|
.IN "Types" "BUTTON" "@DEF@"
|
|
BUTTON CARD8
|
|
.IN "Types" "KEYMASK" "@DEF@"
|
|
KEYMASK T{
|
|
.Pn { Shift ,
|
|
.PN Lock ,
|
|
.PN Control ,
|
|
.PN Mod1 ,
|
|
.PN Mod2 ,
|
|
.PN Mod3 ,
|
|
.PN Mod4 ,
|
|
.PN Mod5 }
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "BUTMASK" "@DEF@"
|
|
BUTMASK T{
|
|
.Pn { Button1 ,
|
|
.PN Button2 ,
|
|
.PN Button3 ,
|
|
.PN Button4 ,
|
|
.PN Button5 }
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "KEYBUTMASK" "@DEF@"
|
|
KEYBUTMASK KEYMASK or BUTMASK
|
|
.IN "Types" "STRING8" "@DEF@"
|
|
STRING8 LISTofCARD8
|
|
.IN "Types" "STRING16" "@DEF@"
|
|
STRING16 LISTofCHAR2B
|
|
.IN "Types" "CHAR2B" "@DEF@"
|
|
CHAR2B [byte1, byte2: CARD8]
|
|
.IN "Types" "POINT" "@DEF@"
|
|
POINT [x, y: INT16]
|
|
.IN "Types" "RECTANGLE" "@DEF@"
|
|
RECTANGLE T{
|
|
[x, y: INT16,
|
|
.br
|
|
\ width, height: CARD16]
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "ARC" "@DEF@"
|
|
ARC T{
|
|
[x, y: INT16,
|
|
.br
|
|
\ width, height: CARD16,
|
|
.br
|
|
\ angle1, angle2: INT16]
|
|
T}
|
|
.IN "Types" "HOST" "@DEF@"
|
|
HOST T{
|
|
[family:
|
|
.Pn { Internet ,
|
|
.PN InternetV6 ,
|
|
.PN ServerInterpreted ,
|
|
.PN DECnet ,
|
|
.PN Chaos }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
\ address: LISTofBYTE]
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The [x,y] coordinates of a RECTANGLE specify the upper-left corner.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The primary interpretation of large characters in a STRING16 is that they
|
|
are composed of two bytes used to index a two-dimensional matrix,
|
|
hence, the use of CHAR2B rather than CARD16.
|
|
This corresponds to the JIS/ISO method of indexing 2-byte characters.
|
|
It is expected that most large fonts will be defined with 2-byte
|
|
matrix indexing.
|
|
For large fonts constructed with linear indexing,
|
|
a CHAR2B can be interpreted as a 16-bit number by treating byte1 as
|
|
the most significant byte.
|
|
This means that clients should always transmit such
|
|
16-bit character values most significant byte first, as the server will never
|
|
byte-swap CHAR2B quantities.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The length, format, and interpretation of a HOST address are specific to the
|
|
family (see
|
|
.PN ChangeHosts
|
|
request).
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Errors
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Errors
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
In general, when a request terminates with an error,
|
|
the request has no side effects (that is, there is no partial execution).
|
|
The only requests for which this is not true are
|
|
.PN ChangeWindowAttributes ,
|
|
.PN ChangeGC ,
|
|
.PN PolyText8 ,
|
|
.PN PolyText16 ,
|
|
.PN FreeColors ,
|
|
.PN StoreColors ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN ChangeKeyboardControl .
|
|
.LP
|
|
The following error codes result from various requests as follows:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
lw(1.5i) lw(4.25i).
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Error Description
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Access" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
T} T{
|
|
An attempt is made to grab a key/button combination already grabbed by another
|
|
client.
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
An attempt is made to free a colormap entry not allocated by the client
|
|
or to free an entry in a colormap that was created with all entries writable.
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
An attempt is made to store into a read-only or an unallocated colormap entry.
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
An attempt is made to modify the access control list from other than the local
|
|
host (or otherwise authorized client).
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
An attempt is made to select an event type that only one client can
|
|
select at a time when another client has already selected it.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Alloc" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Alloc
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The server failed to allocate the requested resource.
|
|
Note that the explicit listing of
|
|
.PN Alloc
|
|
errors in request only covers allocation errors at a very coarse level
|
|
and is not intended to cover all cases
|
|
of a server running out of allocation space in the middle of service.
|
|
The semantics when a server runs out of allocation space are left unspecified,
|
|
but a server may generate an
|
|
.PN Alloc
|
|
error on any request for this reason,
|
|
and clients should be prepared to receive such errors and handle
|
|
or discard them.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Atom" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Atom
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A value for an ATOM argument does not name a defined ATOM.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Colormap" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Colormap
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A value for a COLORMAP argument does not name a defined COLORMAP.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Cursor" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Cursor
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A value for a CURSOR argument does not name a defined CURSOR.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Drawable" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Drawable
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A value for a DRAWABLE argument does not name a defined WINDOW or
|
|
PIXMAP.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Font" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Font
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A value for a FONT argument does not name a defined FONT.
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
A value for a FONTABLE argument does not name a defined FONT or a
|
|
defined GCONTEXT.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "GContext" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN GContext
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A value for a GCONTEXT argument does not name a defined GCONTEXT.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "IDChoice" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN IDChoice
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The value chosen for a resource identifier either is not included
|
|
in the range assigned to the client or is already in use.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Implementation" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Implementation
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The server does not implement some aspect of the request.
|
|
A server that generates this error for a core request is deficient.
|
|
As such, this error is not listed for any of the requests,
|
|
but clients should be prepared to receive such errors
|
|
and handle or discard them.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Length" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Length
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required
|
|
to minimally contain the arguments.
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
The length of a request exceeds the maximum length accepted by the
|
|
server.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Match" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
T} T{
|
|
An
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
window is used as a DRAWABLE.
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
In a graphics request, the GCONTEXT argument does not have the same
|
|
root and depth as the destination DRAWABLE argument.
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
Some argument (or pair of arguments) has the correct type and range,
|
|
but it fails to match in some other way required by the request.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Name" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Name
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A font or color of the specified name does not exist.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Pixmap" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Pixmap
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A value for a PIXMAP argument does not name a defined PIXMAP.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Request" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Request
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The major or minor opcode does not specify a valid request.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Value" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request.
|
|
Unless a specific range is specified for an argument,
|
|
the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted.
|
|
Any argument defined as a set of alternatives typically can generate
|
|
this error (due to the encoding).
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.IN "Error Codes" "Window" "@DEF@"
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A value for a WINDOW argument does not name a defined WINDOW.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.NT Note
|
|
The
|
|
.PN Atom ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN Font ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Pixmap ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
errors are also used when the argument type is extended by union with a
|
|
set of fixed alternatives, for example, <WINDOW or
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
or
|
|
.PN None >.
|
|
.NE
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Keyboards
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Keyboards
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
A KEYCODE represents a physical (or logical) key.
|
|
Keycodes lie in the inclusive range [8,255].
|
|
A keycode value carries no intrinsic information,
|
|
although server implementors may attempt to encode geometry information
|
|
(for example, matrix) to be interpreted in a server-dependent fashion.
|
|
The mapping between keys and keycodes cannot be changed using the
|
|
protocol.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A KEYSYM is an encoding of a symbol on the cap of a key.
|
|
The set of defined KEYSYMs include the character sets Latin-1, Latin-2,
|
|
Latin-3, Latin-4, Kana, Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, Tech, Special, Publish, APL,
|
|
Hebrew, Thai, and Korean as well as a set of symbols common on keyboards
|
|
(Return, Help, Tab,
|
|
and so on).
|
|
KEYSYMs with the most significant bit (of the 29 bits) set are reserved
|
|
as vendor-specific.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A list of KEYSYMs is associated with each KEYCODE.
|
|
The list is intended to convey the set of symbols on the corresponding key.
|
|
If the list (ignoring trailing
|
|
.PN NoSymbol
|
|
entries) is a single KEYSYM ``\fIK\fP'',
|
|
then the list is treated as if it were
|
|
the list ``\fIK\fP NoSymbol \fIK\fP NoSymbol''.
|
|
If the list (ignoring trailing NoSymbol entries) is a pair of KEYSYMs
|
|
``\fIK1 K2\fP'', then the list is treated as if it were the list
|
|
``\fIK1 K2 K1 K2\fP''.
|
|
If the list (ignoring trailing
|
|
.PN NoSymbol
|
|
entries) is
|
|
a triple of KEYSYMs ``\fIK1 K2 K3\fP'',
|
|
then the list is treated as if it were the list ``\fIK1 K2 K3\fP NoSymbol''.
|
|
When an explicit ``void'' element is desired in the list,
|
|
the value
|
|
.PN VoidSymbol
|
|
can be used.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The first four elements of the list are split into two groups of KEYSYMs.
|
|
Group 1 contains the first and second KEYSYMs, Group 2 contains the third and
|
|
fourth KEYSYMs.
|
|
Within each group,
|
|
if the second element of the group is
|
|
.PN NoSymbol ,
|
|
then the group should be treated as if the second element were the
|
|
same as the first element, except when the first element is an alphabetic
|
|
KEYSYM ``\fIK\fP'' for which both lowercase and uppercase forms are defined.
|
|
In that case, the group should be treated as if the first element were the
|
|
lowercase form of ``\fIK\fP'' and the second element were the uppercase form
|
|
of ``\fIK\fP''.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The standard rules for obtaining a KEYSYM from a
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
event make use of only the Group 1 and Group 2 KEYSYMs; no interpretation of
|
|
other KEYSYMs in the list is defined. The modifier state determines which
|
|
group to use. Switching between groups is controlled by the KEYSYM named
|
|
MODE SWITCH, by attaching that KEYSYM to some KEYCODE and attaching that
|
|
KEYCODE to any one of the modifiers
|
|
.PN Mod1
|
|
through
|
|
.PN Mod5 .
|
|
This modifier is
|
|
called the ``group modifier''. For any KEYCODE, Group 1 is used when the
|
|
group modifier is off, and Group 2 is used when the group modifier is on.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier is interpreted as CapsLock when the KEYSYM named CAPS
|
|
LOCK is attached to some KEYCODE and that KEYCODE is attached to the
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier. The
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier is interpreted as ShiftLock when the KEYSYM
|
|
named SHIFT LOCK is attached to some KEYCODE and that KEYCODE is attached
|
|
to the
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier. If the
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier could be interpreted as both
|
|
CapsLock and ShiftLock, the CapsLock interpretation is used.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The operation of ``keypad'' keys is controlled by the KEYSYM named NUM LOCK,
|
|
by attaching that KEYSYM to some KEYCODE and attaching that KEYCODE to any
|
|
one of the modifiers
|
|
.PN Mod1
|
|
through
|
|
.PN Mod5 .
|
|
This modifier is called the
|
|
``numlock modifier''. The standard KEYSYMs with the prefix KEYPAD in their
|
|
name are called ``keypad'' KEYSYMs; these are KEYSYMS with numeric value in
|
|
the hexadecimal range #xFF80 to #xFFBD inclusive. In addition,
|
|
vendor-specific KEYSYMS in the hexadecimal range #x11000000 to #x1100FFFF
|
|
are also keypad KEYSYMs.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Within a group, the choice of KEYSYM is determined by applying the first
|
|
rule that is satisfied from the following list:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The numlock modifier is on and the second KEYSYM is a keypad KEYSYM. In
|
|
this case, if the
|
|
.PN Shift
|
|
modifier is on, or if the
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier is on and
|
|
is interpreted as ShiftLock, then the first KEYSYM is used; otherwise, the
|
|
second KEYSYM is used.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The
|
|
.PN Shift
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifiers are both off. In this case, the first
|
|
KEYSYM is used.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The
|
|
.PN Shift
|
|
modifier is off, and the
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier is on and is
|
|
interpreted as CapsLock. In this case, the first KEYSYM is used, but if
|
|
that KEYSYM is lowercase alphabetic, then the corresponding uppercase
|
|
KEYSYM is used instead.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The
|
|
.PN Shift
|
|
modifier is on, and the
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier is on and is interpreted
|
|
as CapsLock. In this case, the second KEYSYM is used, but if that KEYSYM
|
|
is lowercase alphabetic, then the corresponding uppercase KEYSYM is used
|
|
instead.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The
|
|
.PN Shift
|
|
modifier is on, or the
|
|
.PN Lock
|
|
modifier is on and is interpreted
|
|
as ShiftLock, or both. In this case, the second KEYSYM is used.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The mapping between KEYCODEs and KEYSYMs is not used directly by the server;
|
|
it is merely stored for reading and writing by clients.
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Pointers
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Pointers
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
Buttons are always numbered starting with one.
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Predefined Atoms
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Predefined Atoms
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
Predefined atoms are not strictly necessary and may not be useful in all
|
|
environments, but they will eliminate many
|
|
.PN InternAtom
|
|
requests in most applications.
|
|
Note that they are predefined only in the sense of having numeric values,
|
|
not in the sense of having required semantics.
|
|
The core protocol imposes no semantics on these names,
|
|
but semantics are specified in other X Window System standards,
|
|
such as the \fIInter-Client Communication Conventions Manual\fP
|
|
and the \fIX Logical Font Description Conventions\fP.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The following names have predefined atom values.
|
|
Note that uppercase and lowercase matter.
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1.75i) l w(1.75i) lw(1.75i).
|
|
ARC ITALIC_ANGLE STRING
|
|
ATOM MAX_SPACE SUBSCRIPT_X
|
|
BITMAP MIN_SPACE SUBSCRIPT_Y
|
|
CAP_HEIGHT NORM_SPACE SUPERSCRIPT_X
|
|
CARDINAL NOTICE SUPERSCRIPT_Y
|
|
COLORMAP PIXMAP UNDERLINE_POSITION
|
|
COPYRIGHT POINT UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
|
|
CURSOR POINT_SIZE VISUALID
|
|
CUT_BUFFER0 PRIMARY WEIGHT
|
|
CUT_BUFFER1 QUAD_WIDTH WINDOW
|
|
CUT_BUFFER2 RECTANGLE WM_CLASS
|
|
CUT_BUFFER3 RESOLUTION WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
|
|
CUT_BUFFER4 RESOURCE_MANAGER WM_COMMAND
|
|
CUT_BUFFER5 RGB_BEST_MAP WM_HINTS
|
|
CUT_BUFFER6 RGB_BLUE_MAP WM_ICON_NAME
|
|
CUT_BUFFER7 RGB_COLOR_MAP WM_ICON_SIZE
|
|
DRAWABLE RGB_DEFAULT_MAP WM_NAME
|
|
END_SPACE RGB_GRAY_MAP WM_NORMAL_HINTS
|
|
FAMILY_NAME RGB_GREEN_MAP WM_SIZE_HINTS
|
|
FONT RGB_RED_MAP WM_TRANSIENT_FOR
|
|
FONT_NAME SECONDARY WM_ZOOM_HINTS
|
|
FULL_NAME STRIKEOUT_ASCENT X_HEIGHT
|
|
INTEGER STRIKEOUT_DESCENT
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
To avoid conflicts with possible future names for which semantics might be
|
|
imposed (either at the protocol level or in terms of higher level user
|
|
interface models),
|
|
names beginning with an underscore should be used for atoms
|
|
that are private to a particular vendor or organization.
|
|
To guarantee no conflicts between vendors and organizations,
|
|
additional prefixes need to be used.
|
|
However, the protocol does not define the mechanism for choosing such prefixes.
|
|
For names private to a single application or end user but stored in globally
|
|
accessible locations,
|
|
it is suggested that two leading underscores be used to avoid conflicts with
|
|
other names.
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Connection Setup
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Connection Setup
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
For remote clients,
|
|
the X protocol can be built on top of any reliable byte stream.
|
|
.SH
|
|
Connection Initiation
|
|
.LP
|
|
The client must send an initial byte of data to identify the byte order to be
|
|
employed.
|
|
The value of the byte must be octal 102 or 154.
|
|
The value 102 (ASCII uppercase B) means values are transmitted most significant
|
|
byte first, and value 154 (ASCII lowercase l) means values are transmitted
|
|
least significant byte first.
|
|
Except where explicitly noted in the protocol,
|
|
all 16-bit and 32-bit quantities sent by the client must be transmitted with
|
|
this byte order,
|
|
and all 16-bit and 32-bit quantities returned by the server will be transmitted
|
|
with this byte order.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Following the byte-order byte,
|
|
the client sends the following information at connection setup:
|
|
.IP
|
|
protocol-major-version: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
protocol-minor-version: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
authorization-protocol-name: STRING8
|
|
.br
|
|
authorization-protocol-data: STRING8
|
|
.LP
|
|
The version numbers indicate what version of the protocol the client
|
|
expects the server to implement.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The authorization name indicates what authorization (and authentication)
|
|
protocol the client
|
|
expects the server to use, and the data is specific to that protocol.
|
|
Specification of valid authorization mechanisms is not part of the core
|
|
X protocol.
|
|
A server that does not implement the protocol the client expects
|
|
or that only implements the host-based mechanism may simply ignore this
|
|
information.
|
|
If both name and data strings are empty,
|
|
this is to be interpreted as ``no explicit authorization.''
|
|
.SH
|
|
Server Response
|
|
.LP
|
|
The client receives the following information at connection setup:
|
|
.IP
|
|
success:
|
|
.Pn { Failed ,
|
|
.PN Success ,
|
|
.PN Authenticate }
|
|
.LP
|
|
The client receives the following additional data if the returned success
|
|
value is
|
|
.PN Failed ,
|
|
and the connection is not successfully established:
|
|
.IP
|
|
protocol-major-version: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
protocol-minor-version: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
reason: STRING8
|
|
.LP
|
|
The client receives the following additional data if the returned success
|
|
value is
|
|
.PN Authenticate ,
|
|
and further authentication negotiation is required:
|
|
.IP
|
|
reason: STRING8
|
|
.LP
|
|
The contents of the reason string are specific to the authorization
|
|
protocol in use. The semantics of this authentication negotiation are
|
|
not constrained, except that the negotiation must eventually terminate
|
|
with a reply from the server containing a success value of
|
|
.PN Failed
|
|
or
|
|
.PN Success .
|
|
.LP
|
|
The client receives the following additional data if the returned success
|
|
value is
|
|
.PN Success ,
|
|
and the connection is successfully established:
|
|
.IP
|
|
protocol-major-version: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
protocol-minor-version: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
vendor: STRING8
|
|
.br
|
|
release-number: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
resource-id-base, resource-id-mask: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
image-byte-order:
|
|
.Pn { LSBFirst ,
|
|
.PN MSBFirst }
|
|
.br
|
|
bitmap-scanline-unit: {8, 16, 32}
|
|
.br
|
|
bitmap-scanline-pad: {8, 16, 32}
|
|
.br
|
|
bitmap-bit-order:
|
|
.Pn { LeastSignificant ,
|
|
.PN MostSignificant }
|
|
.br
|
|
pixmap-formats: LISTofFORMAT
|
|
.br
|
|
roots: LISTofSCREEN
|
|
.br
|
|
motion-buffer-size: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
maximum-request-length: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
min-keycode, max-keycode: KEYCODE
|
|
.IP
|
|
where:
|
|
.TS
|
|
rw(1.25i) lw(4i).
|
|
T{
|
|
FORMAT:
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[depth: CARD8,
|
|
.br
|
|
\ bits-per-pixel: {1, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32}
|
|
.br
|
|
\ scanline-pad: {8, 16, 32}]
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp
|
|
T{
|
|
SCREEN:
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[root: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\ width-in-pixels, height-in-pixels: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\ width-in-millimeters, height-in-millimeters: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\ allowed-depths: LISTofDEPTH
|
|
.br
|
|
\ root-depth: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\ root-visual: VISUALID
|
|
.br
|
|
\ default-colormap: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\ white-pixel, black-pixel: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
\ min-installed-maps, max-installed-maps: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\ backing-stores:
|
|
.Pn { Never ,
|
|
.PN WhenMapped ,
|
|
.PN Always }
|
|
.br
|
|
\ save-unders: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\ current-input-masks: SETofEVENT]
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp
|
|
T{
|
|
DEPTH:
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[depth: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\ visuals: LISTofVISUALTYPE]
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp
|
|
T{
|
|
VISUALTYPE:
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[visual-id: VISUALID
|
|
.br
|
|
\ class:
|
|
.Pn { StaticGray ,
|
|
.PN StaticColor ,
|
|
.PN TrueColor ,
|
|
.PN GrayScale ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
|
|
.PN PseudoColor ,
|
|
.PN DirectColor }
|
|
.br
|
|
\ red-mask, green-mask, blue-mask: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
\ bits-per-rgb-value: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\ colormap-entries: CARD16]
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.SH
|
|
Server Information
|
|
.LP
|
|
The information that is global to the server is:
|
|
.LP
|
|
The protocol version numbers are an escape hatch in case future revisions of
|
|
the protocol are necessary.
|
|
In general,
|
|
the major version would increment for incompatible changes,
|
|
and the minor version would increment for small upward compatible changes.
|
|
Barring changes,
|
|
the major version will be 11, and the minor version will be 0.
|
|
The protocol version numbers returned indicate the protocol the server
|
|
actually supports.
|
|
This might not equal the version sent by the client.
|
|
The server can (but need not) refuse connections from clients that offer a
|
|
different version than the server supports.
|
|
A server can (but need not) support more than one version simultaneously.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The vendor string gives some identification of the owner of the server
|
|
implementation.
|
|
The vendor controls the semantics of the release number.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The resource-id-mask contains a single contiguous set of bits (at least 18).
|
|
The client allocates resource IDs for types WINDOW, PIXMAP,
|
|
CURSOR, FONT, GCONTEXT, and COLORMAP by choosing a value with only
|
|
some subset of these bits set and ORing it with resource-id-base.
|
|
Only values constructed in this way can be used to name newly created
|
|
resources over this connection.
|
|
Resource IDs never have the top three bits set.
|
|
The client is not restricted to linear or contiguous allocation
|
|
of resource IDs.
|
|
Once an ID has been freed,
|
|
it can be reused.
|
|
An ID must be unique with respect to the IDs of all other resources,
|
|
not just other resources of the same type.
|
|
However, note that the value spaces of resource identifiers,
|
|
atoms, visualids, and keysyms are distinguished by context, and
|
|
as such, are not required to be disjoint; for example, a given numeric value
|
|
might be both a valid window ID, a valid atom, and a valid keysym.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Although the server is in general responsible for byte-swapping data to
|
|
match the client,
|
|
images are always transmitted and received in formats (including byte order)
|
|
specified by the server.
|
|
The byte order for images is given by image-byte-order and applies to each
|
|
scanline unit in XY format (bitmap format) and to each pixel value in Z format.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A bitmap is represented in scanline order.
|
|
Each scanline is padded to a multiple of bits as given by bitmap-scanline-pad.
|
|
The pad bits are of arbitrary value.
|
|
The scanline is quantized in multiples of bits as given by bitmap-scanline-unit.
|
|
The bitmap-scanline-unit is always less than or equal to the
|
|
bitmap-scanline-pad.
|
|
Within each unit,
|
|
the leftmost bit in the bitmap is either the least significant
|
|
or most significant bit in the unit, as given by bitmap-bit-order.
|
|
If a pixmap is represented in XY format,
|
|
each plane is represented as a bitmap, and the planes appear from
|
|
most significant to least significant in bit order with no padding
|
|
between planes.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Pixmap-formats contains one entry for each depth value.
|
|
The entry describes the Z format used to represent images of that depth.
|
|
An entry for a depth is included if any screen supports that depth,
|
|
and all screens supporting that depth must support only that Z format for that
|
|
depth.
|
|
In Z format,
|
|
the pixels are in scanline order, left to right within a scanline.
|
|
The number of bits used to hold each pixel is given by bits-per-pixel.
|
|
Bits-per-pixel may be larger than strictly required by the depth,
|
|
in which case the least significant bits are used to hold
|
|
the pixmap data, and the values of the unused high-order bits are
|
|
undefined.
|
|
When the bits-per-pixel is 4,
|
|
the order of nibbles in the byte is the same as the image byte-order.
|
|
When the bits-per-pixel is 1,
|
|
the format is identical for bitmap format.
|
|
Each scanline is padded to a multiple of bits as given by scanline-pad.
|
|
When bits-per-pixel is 1,
|
|
this will be identical to bitmap-scanline-pad.
|
|
.LP
|
|
How a pointing device roams the screens is up to the server
|
|
implementation and is transparent to the protocol.
|
|
No geometry is defined among screens.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The server may retain the recent history of pointer motion and do so to a
|
|
finer granularity than is reported by
|
|
.PN MotionNotify
|
|
events.
|
|
The
|
|
.PN GetMotionEvents
|
|
request makes such history available.
|
|
The motion-buffer-size gives the approximate maximum number
|
|
of elements in the history buffer.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Maximum-request-length specifies the maximum length of a request
|
|
accepted by the server, in 4-byte units.
|
|
That is, length is the maximum value that can appear in the length field of a
|
|
request.
|
|
Requests larger than this maximum generate a
|
|
.PN Length
|
|
error,
|
|
and the server will read and simply discard the entire request.
|
|
Maximum-request-length will always be at least 4096
|
|
(that is, requests of length up to and including 16384 bytes
|
|
will be accepted by all servers).
|
|
.LP
|
|
Min-keycode and max-keycode specify the smallest and largest keycode
|
|
values transmitted by the server.
|
|
Min-keycode is never less than 8,
|
|
and max-keycode is never greater than 255.
|
|
Not all keycodes in this range are required to have corresponding keys.
|
|
.SH
|
|
Screen Information
|
|
.LP
|
|
The information that applies per screen is:
|
|
.LP
|
|
The allowed-depths specifies what pixmap and window depths are supported.
|
|
Pixmaps are supported for each depth listed,
|
|
and windows of that depth are supported if at least one visual type is listed
|
|
for the depth.
|
|
A pixmap depth of one is always supported and listed,
|
|
but windows of depth one might not be supported.
|
|
A depth of zero is never listed,
|
|
but zero-depth
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
windows are always supported.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Root-depth and root-visual specify the depth and visual type of the
|
|
root window.
|
|
Width-in-pixels and height-in-pixels specify the size of
|
|
the root window (which cannot be changed).
|
|
The class of the root window is always
|
|
.PN InputOutput .
|
|
Width-in-millimeters and height-in-millimeters can be used to determine the
|
|
physical size and the aspect ratio.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The default-colormap is the one initially associated with the root window.
|
|
Clients with minimal color requirements creating windows of
|
|
the same depth as the root may want to allocate from this map by
|
|
default.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Black-pixel and white-pixel can be used in implementing a monochrome
|
|
application.
|
|
These pixel values are for permanently allocated entries in the
|
|
default-colormap.
|
|
The actual RGB values may be settable on some screens
|
|
and, in any case, may not actually be black and white.
|
|
The names are intended to convey the expected relative intensity of the colors.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The border of the root window is initially a pixmap filled with the black-pixel.
|
|
The initial background of the root window is a pixmap filled with some
|
|
unspecified two-color pattern using black-pixel and white-pixel.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Min-installed-maps specifies the number of maps that can be guaranteed
|
|
to be installed simultaneously (with
|
|
.PN InstallColormap ),
|
|
regardless of the number of entries allocated in each map.
|
|
Max-installed-maps specifies the maximum number of maps that might possibly be
|
|
installed simultaneously, depending on their allocations.
|
|
Multiple static-visual colormaps with identical contents but differing in
|
|
resource ID should be considered as a single map for the purposes of this
|
|
number.
|
|
For the typical case of a single hardware colormap, both values will be 1.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Backing-stores indicates when the server supports backing stores for
|
|
this screen, although it may be storage limited in the number of
|
|
windows it can support at once.
|
|
If save-unders is
|
|
.PN True ,
|
|
the server can support the save-under mode in
|
|
.PN CreateWindow
|
|
and
|
|
.PN ChangeWindowAttributes ,
|
|
although again it may be storage limited.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The current-input-events is what
|
|
.PN GetWindowAttributes
|
|
would return for the all-event-masks for the root window.
|
|
.SH
|
|
Visual Information
|
|
.LP
|
|
The information that applies per visual-type is:
|
|
.LP
|
|
A given visual type might be listed for more than one depth or for
|
|
more than one screen.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN PseudoColor ,
|
|
a pixel value indexes a colormap to produce independent RGB values;
|
|
the RGB values can be changed dynamically.
|
|
.PN GrayScale
|
|
is treated in the same way as
|
|
.PN PseudoColor
|
|
except which primary drives the screen is undefined;
|
|
thus, the client should always store the
|
|
same value for red, green, and blue in colormaps.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN DirectColor ,
|
|
a pixel value is decomposed into separate RGB subfields,
|
|
and each subfield separately indexes the colormap for the corresponding value.
|
|
The RGB values can be changed dynamically.
|
|
.PN TrueColor
|
|
is treated in the same way as
|
|
.PN DirectColor
|
|
except the colormap has predefined read-only RGB values.
|
|
These values are server-dependent but provide linear or near-linear
|
|
increasing ramps in each primary.
|
|
.PN StaticColor
|
|
is treated in the same way as
|
|
.PN PseudoColor
|
|
except the colormap has predefined read-only RGB values,
|
|
which are server-dependent.
|
|
.PN StaticGray
|
|
is treated in the same way as
|
|
.PN StaticColor
|
|
except the red, green, and blue values are equal for any
|
|
single pixel value, resulting in shades of gray.
|
|
.PN StaticGray
|
|
with a two-entry colormap can be thought of as monochrome.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The red-mask, green-mask, and blue-mask are only defined for
|
|
.PN DirectColor
|
|
and
|
|
.PN TrueColor .
|
|
Each has one contiguous set of bits set to 1 with no intersections.
|
|
Usually each mask has the same number of bits set to 1.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The bits-per-rgb-value specifies the log base 2 of the number of
|
|
distinct color intensity values (individually) of red, green, and blue.
|
|
This number need not bear any relation to the number of colormap entries.
|
|
Actual RGB values are always passed in the protocol within a
|
|
16-bit spectrum, with 0 being minimum intensity and 65535 being the
|
|
maximum intensity.
|
|
On hardware that provides a linear zero-based intensity ramp,
|
|
the following relationship exists:
|
|
.LP
|
|
.RS
|
|
.DS
|
|
hw-intensity = protocol-intensity / (65536 / total-hw-intensities)
|
|
.DE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.LP
|
|
Colormap entries are indexed from 0.
|
|
The colormap-entries defines the number of available colormap entries in a
|
|
newly created colormap.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN DirectColor
|
|
and
|
|
.PN TrueColor ,
|
|
this will usually be 2 to the power of the maximum number of bits set to 1 in
|
|
red-mask, green-mask, and blue-mask.
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Requests
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Requests
|
|
.XE
|
|
.EQ
|
|
delim %%
|
|
.EN
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CreateWindow" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CreateWindow
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwid\fP, \fIparent\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIclass\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { InputOutput ,
|
|
.PN InputOnly ,
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdepth\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvisual\fP\^: VISUALID or
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIborder-width\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-list\fP\^: LISTofVALUE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Pixmap ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request creates an unmapped window and assigns the identifier wid to it.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A class of
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
means the class is taken from the parent.
|
|
A depth of zero for class
|
|
.PN InputOutput
|
|
or
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
means the depth is taken from the parent.
|
|
A visual of
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
means the visual type is taken from the parent.
|
|
For class
|
|
.PN InputOutput ,
|
|
the visual type and depth must be a combination supported for the screen
|
|
(or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
The depth need not be the same as the parent,
|
|
but the parent must not be of class
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
(or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
For class
|
|
.PN InputOnly ,
|
|
the depth must be zero (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results), and the visual must be one supported for the screen (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
However, the parent can have any depth and class.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The server essentially acts as if
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
windows do not exist for the purposes of graphics requests,
|
|
exposure processing, and
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify
|
|
events.
|
|
An
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
window cannot be used as a drawable (as a source or destination for graphics
|
|
requests).
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
and
|
|
.PN InputOutput
|
|
windows act identically in other respects\-properties,
|
|
grabs, input control, and so on.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The coordinate system has the X axis horizontal and the Y axis vertical
|
|
with the origin [0, 0] at the upper-left corner.
|
|
Coordinates are integral,
|
|
in terms of pixels,
|
|
and coincide with pixel centers.
|
|
Each window and pixmap has its own coordinate system.
|
|
For a window,
|
|
the origin is inside the border at the inside, upper-left corner.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates
|
|
for the window are relative to the parent's origin
|
|
and specify the position of the upper-left outer corner of the window
|
|
(not the origin).
|
|
The width and height specify the inside size (not including the border)
|
|
and must be nonzero (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The border-width for an
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
window must be zero (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
.LP
|
|
The window is placed on top in the stacking order with respect to siblings.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The value-mask and value-list specify attributes of the window that are
|
|
to be explicitly initialized.
|
|
The possible values are:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
l lw(2.6i).
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Attribute Type
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
background-pixmap
|
|
T} T{
|
|
PIXMAP or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
or
|
|
.PN ParentRelative
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
background-pixel
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD32
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
border-pixmap
|
|
T} T{
|
|
PIXMAP or
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
border-pixel
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD32
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
bit-gravity
|
|
T} T{
|
|
BITGRAVITY
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
win-gravity
|
|
T} T{
|
|
WINGRAVITY
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
backing-store
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { NotUseful ,
|
|
.PN WhenMapped ,
|
|
.PN Always }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
backing-planes
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD32
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
backing-pixel
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD32
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
save-under
|
|
T} T{
|
|
BOOL
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
event-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
SETofEVENT
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
do-not-propagate-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
SETofDEVICEEVENT
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
override-redirect
|
|
T} T{
|
|
BOOL
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
colormap
|
|
T} T{
|
|
COLORMAP or
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
cursor
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CURSOR or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The default values when attributes are not explicitly initialized
|
|
are:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
l l.
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Attribute Default
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
background-pixmap
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN None
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
border-pixmap
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
bit-gravity
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN Forget
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
win-gravity
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN NorthWest
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
backing-store
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN NotUseful
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
backing-planes
|
|
T} T{
|
|
all ones
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
backing-pixel
|
|
T} T{
|
|
zero
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
save-under
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN False
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
event-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
{} (empty set)
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
do-not-propagate-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
{} (empty set)
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
override-redirect
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN False
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
colormap
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
cursor
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN None
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
Only the following attributes are defined for
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
windows:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
win-gravity
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
event-mask
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
do-not-propagate-mask
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
override-redirect
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
cursor
|
|
.LP
|
|
It is a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error to specify any other attributes for
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
windows.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If background-pixmap is given,
|
|
it overrides the default background-pixmap.
|
|
The background pixmap and the window must have the
|
|
same root and the same depth (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
Any size pixmap can be used, although some sizes may be faster than others.
|
|
If background
|
|
.PN None
|
|
is specified, the window has no defined background.
|
|
If background
|
|
.PN ParentRelative
|
|
is specified, the parent's background is used,
|
|
but the window must have the same depth as the parent (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
If the parent has background
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
then the window will also have background
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
A copy of the parent's background is not made.
|
|
The parent's background is reexamined each time the window background is
|
|
required.
|
|
If background-pixel is given, it overrides the default
|
|
background-pixmap and any background-pixmap given explicitly,
|
|
and a pixmap of undefined size filled with background-pixel is used for the
|
|
background.
|
|
Range checking is not performed on the background-pixel value;
|
|
it is simply truncated to the appropriate number of bits.
|
|
For a
|
|
.PN ParentRelative
|
|
background,
|
|
the background tile origin always aligns with the parent's background tile
|
|
origin.
|
|
Otherwise, the background tile origin is always the window origin.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When no valid contents are available for regions of a window
|
|
and the regions are either visible or the server is maintaining backing store,
|
|
the server automatically tiles the regions with the window's background
|
|
unless the window has a background of
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
If the background is
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
the previous screen contents from other windows of the same depth as the window
|
|
are simply left in place if the contents come from the parent of the window
|
|
or an inferior of the parent;
|
|
otherwise, the initial contents of the exposed regions are undefined.
|
|
Exposure events are then generated for the regions, even if the background is
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
.LP
|
|
The border tile origin is always the same as the background tile origin.
|
|
If border-pixmap is given,
|
|
it overrides the default border-pixmap.
|
|
The border pixmap and the window must have the same root
|
|
and the same depth (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
Any size pixmap can be used,
|
|
although some sizes may be faster than others.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
is given, the parent's border pixmap is copied (subsequent changes to
|
|
the parent's border attribute do not affect the child),
|
|
but the window must have the same depth as the parent (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
The pixmap might be copied by sharing the same pixmap object between the
|
|
child and parent or by making a complete copy of the pixmap contents.
|
|
If border-pixel is given,
|
|
it overrides the default border-pixmap and any border-pixmap given explicitly,
|
|
and a pixmap of undefined size filled with border-pixel is used for the border.
|
|
Range checking is not performed on the border-pixel value;
|
|
it is simply truncated to the appropriate number of bits.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Output to a window is always clipped to the inside of the window,
|
|
so that the border is never affected.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The bit-gravity defines which region of the window should be retained
|
|
if the window is resized, and win-gravity defines how the window should
|
|
be repositioned if the parent is resized (see
|
|
.PN ConfigureWindow
|
|
request).
|
|
.LP
|
|
A backing-store of
|
|
.PN WhenMapped
|
|
advises the server that maintaining contents of obscured regions
|
|
when the window is mapped would be beneficial.
|
|
A backing-store of
|
|
.PN Always
|
|
advises the server that maintaining contents even when the window is
|
|
unmapped would be beneficial.
|
|
In this case,
|
|
the server may generate an exposure event when the window is created.
|
|
A value of
|
|
.PN NotUseful
|
|
advises the server that maintaining contents is unnecessary,
|
|
although a server may still choose to maintain contents while the window
|
|
is mapped.
|
|
Note that if the server maintains contents,
|
|
then the server should maintain complete contents
|
|
not just the region within the parent boundaries,
|
|
even if the window is larger than its parent.
|
|
While the server maintains contents,
|
|
exposure events will not normally be generated,
|
|
but the server may stop maintaining contents at any time.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If save-under is
|
|
.PN True ,
|
|
the server is advised that when this window is
|
|
mapped, saving the contents of windows it obscures would be beneficial.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the contents of obscured regions of a window are being maintained,
|
|
regions obscured by noninferior windows are included in the
|
|
destination (and source, when the window is the source) of graphics
|
|
requests, but regions obscured by inferior windows are not included.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The backing-planes indicates (with bits set to 1) which bit planes
|
|
of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing-stores
|
|
and during save-unders.
|
|
The backing-pixel specifies what value to use in planes not
|
|
covered by backing-planes.
|
|
The server is free to save only the specified bit planes in the backing-store
|
|
or save-under and regenerate the remaining planes with the specified pixel
|
|
value.
|
|
Any bits beyond the specified depth of the window in these
|
|
values are simply ignored.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The event-mask defines which events the client is interested in for
|
|
this window (or for some event types, inferiors of the window).
|
|
The do-not-propagate-mask defines which events should not be propagated to
|
|
ancestor windows when no client has the event type selected in this
|
|
window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The override-redirect specifies whether map and configure requests on this
|
|
window should override a
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect
|
|
on the parent, typically to inform a window manager not to tamper with
|
|
the window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The colormap specifies the colormap that best reflects the true
|
|
colors of the window.
|
|
Servers capable of supporting multiple hardware colormaps may use this
|
|
information, and window managers may use it for
|
|
.PN InstallColormap
|
|
requests.
|
|
The colormap must have the same visual type and root as the window (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
If
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
is specified,
|
|
the parent's colormap is copied (subsequent changes to the parent's
|
|
colormap attribute do not affect the child).
|
|
However, the window must have the same visual type as the parent (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results), and the parent must not have a colormap of
|
|
.PN None
|
|
(or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
For an explanation of
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
see
|
|
.PN FreeColormap
|
|
request.
|
|
The colormap is copied by sharing the colormap object between the child
|
|
and the parent,
|
|
not by making a complete copy of the colormap contents.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If a cursor is specified,
|
|
it will be used whenever the pointer is in the window.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN None
|
|
is specified,
|
|
the parent's cursor will be used when the pointer is in the window,
|
|
and any change in the parent's cursor will cause an immediate change
|
|
in the displayed cursor.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates a
|
|
.PN CreateNotify
|
|
event.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The background and border pixmaps and the cursor may be freed
|
|
immediately if no further explicit references to them are to be made.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Subsequent drawing into the background or border pixmap has an
|
|
undefined effect on the window state.
|
|
The server might or might not make a copy of the pixmap.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangeWindowAttributes" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangeWindowAttributes
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-list\fP\^: LISTofVALUE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Access ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Pixmap ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The value-mask and value-list specify which attributes are to be changed.
|
|
The values and restrictions are the same as for
|
|
.PN CreateWindow .
|
|
.LP
|
|
Setting a new background, whether by background-pixmap or
|
|
background-pixel, overrides any previous background.
|
|
Setting a new border, whether by border-pixel or border-pixmap,
|
|
overrides any previous border.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Changing the background does not cause the window contents to be changed.
|
|
Setting the border or changing the background such that the
|
|
border tile origin changes causes the border to be repainted.
|
|
Changing the background of a root window to
|
|
.PN None
|
|
or
|
|
.PN ParentRelative
|
|
restores the default background pixmap.
|
|
Changing the border of a root window to
|
|
.PN CopyFromParent
|
|
restores the default border pixmap.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Changing the win-gravity does not affect the current position of the
|
|
window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Changing the backing-store of an obscured window to
|
|
.PN WhenMapped
|
|
or
|
|
.PN Always
|
|
or changing the backing-planes, backing-pixel, or save-under of
|
|
a mapped window may have no immediate effect.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Multiple clients can select input on the same window;
|
|
their event-masks are disjoint.
|
|
When an event is generated,
|
|
it will be reported to all interested clients.
|
|
However, only one client at a time can select for
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect ,
|
|
only one client at a time can select for
|
|
.PN ResizeRedirect ,
|
|
and only one client at a time can select for
|
|
.PN ButtonPress .
|
|
An attempt to violate these restrictions results in an
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error.
|
|
.LP
|
|
There is only one do-not-propagate-mask for a window, not one per
|
|
client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Changing the colormap of a window (by defining a new map, not by
|
|
changing the contents of the existing map) generates a
|
|
.PN ColormapNotify
|
|
event.
|
|
Changing the colormap of a visible window might have no immediate effect
|
|
on the screen (see
|
|
.PN InstallColormap
|
|
request).
|
|
.LP
|
|
Changing the cursor of a root window to
|
|
.PN None
|
|
restores the default cursor.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The order in which attributes are verified and altered is server-dependent.
|
|
If an error is generated,
|
|
a subset of the attributes may have been altered.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetWindowAttributes" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetWindowAttributes
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
visual: VISUALID
|
|
.br
|
|
class:
|
|
.Pn { InputOutput ,
|
|
.PN InputOnly }
|
|
.br
|
|
bit-gravity: BITGRAVITY
|
|
.br
|
|
win-gravity: WINGRAVITY
|
|
.br
|
|
backing-store:
|
|
.Pn { NotUseful ,
|
|
.PN WhenMapped ,
|
|
.PN Always }
|
|
.br
|
|
backing-planes: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
backing-pixel: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
save-under: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
colormap: COLORMAP or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
map-is-installed: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
map-state:
|
|
.Pn { Unmapped ,
|
|
.PN Unviewable ,
|
|
.PN Viewable }
|
|
.br
|
|
all-event-masks, your-event-mask: SETofEVENT
|
|
.br
|
|
do-not-propagate-mask: SETofDEVICEEVENT
|
|
.br
|
|
override-redirect: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the current attributes of the window.
|
|
A window is
|
|
.PN Unviewable
|
|
if it is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped.
|
|
All-event-masks is the inclusive-OR of all event masks selected on the window
|
|
by clients.
|
|
Your-event-mask is the event mask selected by the querying client.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "DestroyWindow" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN DestroyWindow
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the argument window is mapped,
|
|
an
|
|
.PN UnmapWindow
|
|
request is performed automatically.
|
|
The window and all inferiors are then destroyed, and a
|
|
.PN DestroyNotify
|
|
event is generated for each window.
|
|
The ordering of the
|
|
.PN DestroyNotify
|
|
events is such that for any given window,
|
|
.PN DestroyNotify
|
|
is generated on all inferiors of the window before being generated on
|
|
the window itself.
|
|
The ordering among siblings and across subhierarchies is not otherwise
|
|
constrained.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Normal exposure processing on formerly obscured windows is performed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the window is a root window,
|
|
this request has no effect.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "DestroySubwindows" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN DestroySubwindows
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request performs a
|
|
.PN DestroyWindow
|
|
request on all children of the window, in bottom-to-top stacking order.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangeSaveSet" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangeSaveSet
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Insert ,
|
|
.PN Delete }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request adds or removes the specified window from the client's
|
|
save-set.
|
|
The window must have been created by some other client (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
For further information about the use of the save-set,
|
|
see section 10.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When windows are destroyed,
|
|
the server automatically removes them from the save-set.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ReparentWindow" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ReparentWindow
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^, \fIparent\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the window is mapped,
|
|
an
|
|
.PN UnmapWindow
|
|
request is performed automatically first.
|
|
The window is then removed from its current position in the hierarchy
|
|
and is inserted as a child of the specified parent.
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the parent's origin
|
|
and specify the new position of the upper-left outer corner of the
|
|
window.
|
|
The window is placed on top in the stacking order with respect
|
|
to siblings.
|
|
A
|
|
.PN ReparentNotify
|
|
event is then generated.
|
|
The override-redirect attribute of the window is passed on in this event;
|
|
a value of
|
|
.PN True
|
|
indicates that a window manager should not tamper with this window.
|
|
Finally, if the window was originally mapped, a
|
|
.PN MapWindow
|
|
request is performed automatically.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Normal exposure processing on formerly obscured windows is performed.
|
|
The server might not generate exposure events for regions from the
|
|
initial unmap that are immediately obscured by the final map.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error is generated if:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The new parent is not on the same screen as the old parent.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The new parent is the window itself or an inferior of the window.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The new parent is
|
|
.PN InputOnly ,
|
|
and the window is not.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The window has a
|
|
.PN ParentRelative
|
|
background, and the new parent is not the same depth as the window.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "MapWindow" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN MapWindow
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the window is already mapped, this request has no effect.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the override-redirect attribute of the window is
|
|
.PN False
|
|
and some other client has selected
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect
|
|
on the parent, then a
|
|
.PN MapRequest
|
|
event is generated, but the window remains unmapped.
|
|
Otherwise, the window is mapped,
|
|
and a
|
|
.PN MapNotify
|
|
event is generated.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the window is now viewable and its contents have been discarded,
|
|
the window is tiled with its background (if no background is defined,
|
|
the existing screen contents are not altered), and zero or more exposure
|
|
events are generated.
|
|
If a backing-store has been maintained while the window was unmapped,
|
|
no exposure events are generated.
|
|
If a backing-store will now be maintained,
|
|
a full-window exposure is always generated.
|
|
Otherwise, only visible regions may be reported.
|
|
Similar tiling and exposure take place for any newly viewable inferiors.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "MapSubwindows" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN MapSubwindows
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request performs a
|
|
.PN MapWindow
|
|
request on all unmapped children of the window,
|
|
in top-to-bottom stacking order.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UnmapWindow" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UnmapWindow
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the window is already unmapped, this request has no effect.
|
|
Otherwise, the window is unmapped, and an
|
|
.PN UnmapNotify
|
|
event is generated.
|
|
Normal exposure processing on formerly obscured windows is performed.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UnmapSubwindows" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UnmapSubwindows
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request performs an
|
|
.PN UnmapWindow
|
|
request on all mapped children of the window,
|
|
in bottom-to-top stacking order.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ConfigureWindow" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ConfigureWindow
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-list\fP\^: LISTofVALUE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request changes the configuration of the window.
|
|
The value-mask and value-list specify which values are to be given.
|
|
The possible values are:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
l lw(3.1i).
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Attribute Type
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
x
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
y
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
width
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
height
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
border-width
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
sibling
|
|
T} T{
|
|
WINDOW
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
stack-mode
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { Above ,
|
|
.PN Below ,
|
|
.PN TopIf ,
|
|
.PN BottomIf ,
|
|
.PN Opposite }
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the parent's origin
|
|
and specify the position of the upper-left outer corner of the window.
|
|
The width and height specify the inside size, not including the border, and
|
|
must be nonzero (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
Those values not specified are taken from the existing geometry of the window.
|
|
Note that changing just the border-width leaves the outer-left corner
|
|
of the window in a fixed position but moves the absolute position of the
|
|
window's origin.
|
|
It is a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error to attempt to make the border-width of an
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
window nonzero.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the override-redirect attribute of the window is
|
|
.PN False
|
|
and some other client has selected
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect
|
|
on the parent, a
|
|
.PN ConfigureRequest
|
|
event is generated, and no further processing is performed.
|
|
Otherwise, the following is performed:
|
|
.LP
|
|
If some other client has selected
|
|
.PN ResizeRedirect
|
|
on the window and the inside width or height of the window is being changed,
|
|
a
|
|
.PN ResizeRequest
|
|
event is generated,
|
|
and the current inside width and height are used instead.
|
|
Note that the override-redirect attribute of the window has no effect on
|
|
.PN ResizeRedirect
|
|
and that
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect
|
|
on the parent has precedence over
|
|
.PN ResizeRedirect
|
|
on the window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The geometry of the window is changed as specified,
|
|
the window is restacked among siblings, and a
|
|
.PN ConfigureNotify
|
|
event is generated if the state of the window actually changes.
|
|
If the inside width or height of the window has actually changed,
|
|
then children of the window are affected,
|
|
according to their win-gravity.
|
|
Exposure processing is performed on formerly obscured windows
|
|
(including the window itself and its inferiors if regions of them were
|
|
obscured but now are not).
|
|
Exposure processing is also performed on any new regions of the window
|
|
(as a result of increasing the width or height)
|
|
and on any regions where window contents are lost.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the inside width or height of a window is not changed
|
|
but the window is moved or its border is changed,
|
|
then the contents of the window are not lost but move with the window.
|
|
Changing the inside width or height of the window causes its contents to be
|
|
moved or lost, depending on the bit-gravity of the window.
|
|
It also causes children to be reconfigured, depending on their win-gravity.
|
|
For a change of width and height of W and H,
|
|
we define the [x, y] pairs as:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
l l.
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Direction Deltas
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN NorthWest
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^0, 0\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN North
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^W/2, 0\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN NorthEast
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^W, 0\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN West
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^0, H/2\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Center
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^W/2, H/2\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN East
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^W, H/2\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN SouthWest
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^0, H\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN South
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^W/2, H\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN SouthEast
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[\^W, H\^]
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
When a window with one of these bit-gravities is resized,
|
|
the corresponding pair defines the change in position of each pixel in the
|
|
window.
|
|
When a window with one of these win-gravities has its parent window resized,
|
|
the corresponding pair defines the change in position
|
|
of the window within the parent.
|
|
This repositioning generates a
|
|
.PN GravityNotify
|
|
event.
|
|
.PN GravityNotify
|
|
events are generated after the
|
|
.PN ConfigureNotify
|
|
event is generated.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A gravity of
|
|
.PN Static
|
|
indicates that the contents or origin should not move relative to the origin
|
|
of the root window.
|
|
If the change in size of the window is coupled with a change
|
|
in position of [X, Y],
|
|
then for bit-gravity the change in position of each pixel is [\-X, \-Y] and for
|
|
win-gravity the change in position of a child when its parent is so
|
|
resized is [\-X, \-Y].
|
|
Note that
|
|
.PN Static
|
|
gravity still only takes effect when the width or height of the
|
|
window is changed, not when the window is simply moved.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A bit-gravity of
|
|
.PN Forget
|
|
indicates that the window contents are always discarded after a size change,
|
|
even if backing-store or save-under has been requested.
|
|
The window is tiled with its background (except, if no background is defined,
|
|
the existing screen contents are not altered)
|
|
and zero or more exposure events are generated.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The contents and borders of inferiors are not affected by their parent's
|
|
bit-gravity.
|
|
A server is permitted to ignore the specified bit-gravity and use
|
|
.PN Forget
|
|
instead.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A win-gravity of
|
|
.PN Unmap
|
|
is like
|
|
.PN NorthWest ,
|
|
but the child is also unmapped when the parent is resized,
|
|
and an
|
|
.PN UnmapNotify
|
|
event is generated.
|
|
.PN UnmapNotify
|
|
events are generated after the
|
|
.PN ConfigureNotify
|
|
event is generated.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If a sibling and a stack-mode are specified,
|
|
the window is restacked as follows:
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1i) lw(4.75i).
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Above
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The window is placed just above the sibling.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Below
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The window is placed just below the sibling.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN TopIf
|
|
T} T{
|
|
If the sibling occludes the window,
|
|
then the window is placed at the top of the stack.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN BottomIf
|
|
T} T{
|
|
If the window occludes the sibling,
|
|
then the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Opposite
|
|
T} T{
|
|
If the sibling occludes the window,
|
|
then the window is placed at the top of the stack.
|
|
Otherwise, if the window occludes the sibling,
|
|
then the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
If a stack-mode is specified but no sibling is specified,
|
|
the window is restacked as follows:
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1i) lw(4.75i).
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Above
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The window is placed at the top of the stack.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Below
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The window is placed at the bottom of the stack.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN TopIf
|
|
T} T{
|
|
If any sibling occludes the window,
|
|
then the window is placed at the top of the stack.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN BottomIf
|
|
T} T{
|
|
If the window occludes any sibling,
|
|
then the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Opposite
|
|
T} T{
|
|
If any sibling occludes the window,
|
|
then the window is placed at the top of the stack.
|
|
Otherwise, if the window occludes any sibling,
|
|
then the window is placed at the bottom of the stack.
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
It is a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error if a sibling is specified without a stack-mode
|
|
or if the window is not actually a sibling.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Note that the computations for
|
|
.PN BottomIf ,
|
|
.PN TopIf ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Opposite
|
|
are performed with respect to the window's final geometry (as controlled by
|
|
the other arguments to the request), not to its initial geometry.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Attempts to configure a root window have no effect.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CirculateWindow" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CirculateWindow
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdirection\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { RaiseLowest ,
|
|
.PN LowerHighest }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If some other client has selected
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect
|
|
on the window, then a
|
|
.PN CirculateRequest
|
|
event is generated, and no further processing is performed.
|
|
Otherwise, the following is performed, and then a
|
|
.PN CirculateNotify
|
|
event is generated if the window is actually restacked.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN RaiseLowest ,
|
|
.PN CirculateWindow
|
|
raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is
|
|
occluded by another child to the top of the stack.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN LowerHighest ,
|
|
.PN CirculateWindow
|
|
lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that occludes another child to
|
|
the bottom of the stack.
|
|
Exposure processing is performed on formerly obscured windows.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetGeometry" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetGeometry
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
root: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
depth: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
x, y: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
width, height, border-width: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the root and current geometry of the drawable.
|
|
The depth is the number of bits per pixel for the object.
|
|
The x, y, and border-width will always be zero for pixmaps.
|
|
For a window,
|
|
the x and y coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner of the window
|
|
relative to its parent's origin,
|
|
and the width and height specify the inside size, not including the border.
|
|
.LP
|
|
It is legal to pass an
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
window as a drawable to this request.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "QueryTree" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN QueryTree
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
root: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
parent: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
children: LISTofWINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the root, the parent, and the children of the window.
|
|
The children are listed in bottom-to-top stacking order.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "InternAtom" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN InternAtom
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIname\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIonly-if-exists\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
atom: ATOM or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the atom for the given name.
|
|
If only-if-exists is
|
|
.PN False ,
|
|
then the atom is created if it does not exist.
|
|
The string should use the ISO Latin-1 encoding.
|
|
Uppercase and lowercase matter.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The lifetime of an atom is not tied to the interning client.
|
|
Atoms remain defined until server reset (see section 10).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetAtomName" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetAtomName
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIatom\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
name: STRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Atom
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the name for the given atom.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangeProperty" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangeProperty
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIproperty\fP, \fItype\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIformat\fP\^: {8, 16, 32}
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Replace ,
|
|
.PN Prepend ,
|
|
.PN Append }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdata\fP\^: LISTofINT8 or LISTofINT16 or LISTofINT32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Atom ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request alters the property for the specified window.
|
|
The type is uninterpreted by the server.
|
|
The format specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list of 8-bit,
|
|
16-bit, or 32-bit quantities so that the server can correctly byte-swap
|
|
as necessary.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the mode is
|
|
.PN Replace ,
|
|
the previous property value is discarded.
|
|
If the mode is
|
|
.PN Prepend
|
|
or
|
|
.PN Append ,
|
|
then the type and format must match the existing property value (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
If the property is undefined,
|
|
it is treated as defined with the correct type
|
|
and format with zero-length data.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Prepend ,
|
|
the data is tacked on to the beginning of the existing data, and for
|
|
.PN Append ,
|
|
it is tacked on to the end of the existing data.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates a
|
|
.PN PropertyNotify
|
|
event on the window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The lifetime of a property is not tied to the storing client.
|
|
Properties remain until explicitly deleted, until the window is destroyed,
|
|
or until server reset (see section 10).
|
|
.LP
|
|
The maximum size of a property is server-dependent and may vary dynamically.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "DeleteProperty" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN DeleteProperty
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIproperty\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Atom ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request deletes the property from the specified window
|
|
if the property exists and generates a
|
|
.PN PropertyNotify
|
|
event on the window unless the property does not exist.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetProperty" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetProperty
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIproperty\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItype\fP\^: ATOM or
|
|
.PN AnyPropertyType
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIlong-offset\fP, \fIlong-length\fP\^: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdelete\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
type: ATOM or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
format: {0, 8, 16, 32}
|
|
.br
|
|
bytes-after: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
value: LISTofINT8 or LISTofINT16 or LISTofINT32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Atom ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the specified property does not exist for the specified window,
|
|
then the return type is
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
the format and bytes-after are zero,
|
|
and the value is empty.
|
|
The delete argument is ignored in this case.
|
|
If the specified property exists but its type does not match the specified type,
|
|
then the return type is the actual type of the property,
|
|
the format is the actual format of the property (never zero),
|
|
the bytes-after is the length of the property in bytes
|
|
(even if the format is 16 or 32),
|
|
and the value is empty.
|
|
The delete argument is ignored in this case.
|
|
If the specified property exists and either
|
|
.PN AnyPropertyType
|
|
is specified or the specified type matches the actual type of the property,
|
|
then the return type is the actual type of the property,
|
|
the format is the actual format of the property (never zero),
|
|
and the bytes-after and value are as follows, given:
|
|
.DS
|
|
N = actual length of the stored property in bytes
|
|
\ \ \ \ (even if the format is 16 or 32)
|
|
I = 4 * long-offset
|
|
T = N \- I
|
|
L = MINIMUM(T, 4 * long-length)
|
|
A = N \- (I + L)
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The returned value starts at byte index I in the property (indexing from 0),
|
|
and its length in bytes is L.
|
|
However, it is a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error if long-offset is given such that L is negative.
|
|
The value of bytes-after is A,
|
|
giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored
|
|
property.
|
|
If delete is
|
|
.PN True
|
|
and the bytes-after is zero,
|
|
the property is also deleted from the window,
|
|
and a
|
|
.PN PropertyNotify
|
|
event is generated on the window.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "RotateProperties" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN RotateProperties
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdelta\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIproperties\fP\^: LISTofATOM
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Atom ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the property names in the list are viewed as being numbered starting
|
|
from zero, and there are N property names in the list,
|
|
then the value associated with property name I becomes the value
|
|
associated with property name (I + delta) mod N, for all I from zero to N \- 1.
|
|
The effect is to rotate the states by delta places around the virtual ring
|
|
of property names (right for positive delta, left for negative delta).
|
|
.LP
|
|
If delta mod N is nonzero,
|
|
a
|
|
.PN PropertyNotify
|
|
event is generated for each property in the order listed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that
|
|
name is defined for the window,
|
|
a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error is generated.
|
|
If an
|
|
.PN Atom
|
|
or
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error is generated, no properties are changed.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ListProperties" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ListProperties
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
atoms: LISTofATOM
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the atoms of properties currently defined on the window.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetSelectionOwner" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetSelectionOwner
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIselection\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIowner\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Atom ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request changes the owner, owner window,
|
|
and last-change time of the specified selection.
|
|
This request has no effect if the specified time is earlier
|
|
than the current last-change time of the specified selection or is
|
|
later than the current server time.
|
|
Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time
|
|
with
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
replaced by the current server time.
|
|
If the owner window is specified as
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
then the owner of the selection becomes
|
|
.PN None
|
|
(that is, no owner).
|
|
Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing the request.
|
|
If the new owner (whether a client or
|
|
.PN None )
|
|
is not the same as the current owner
|
|
and the current owner is not
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
then the current owner is sent a
|
|
.PN SelectionClear
|
|
event.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the client that is the owner of a selection is later terminated
|
|
(that is, its connection is closed) or if the owner window it has
|
|
specified in the request is later destroyed,
|
|
then the owner of the selection automatically reverts to
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
but the last-change time is not affected.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The selection atom is uninterpreted by the server.
|
|
The owner window is returned by the
|
|
.PN GetSelectionOwner
|
|
request and is reported in
|
|
.PN SelectionRequest
|
|
and
|
|
.PN SelectionClear
|
|
events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Selections are global to the server.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetSelectionOwner" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetSelectionOwner
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIselection\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
owner: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Atom
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the current owner window of the specified selection,
|
|
if any.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN None
|
|
is returned, then there is no owner for the selection.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ConvertSelection" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ConvertSelection
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIproperty\fP\^: ATOM or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIrequestor\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Atom ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the specified selection has an owner,
|
|
the server sends a
|
|
.PN SelectionRequest
|
|
event to that owner.
|
|
If no owner for the specified selection exists,
|
|
the server generates a
|
|
.PN SelectionNotify
|
|
event to the requestor with property
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
The arguments are passed on unchanged in either of the events.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SendEvent" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SendEvent
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdestination\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN PointerWindow
|
|
or
|
|
.PN InputFocus
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpropagate\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIevent-mask\fP\^: SETofEVENT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIevent\fP\^: <normal-event-format>
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If
|
|
.PN PointerWindow
|
|
is specified,
|
|
destination is replaced with the window that the pointer is in.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN InputFocus
|
|
is specified and the focus window contains the pointer,
|
|
destination is replaced with the window that the pointer is in.
|
|
Otherwise, destination is replaced with the focus window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the event-mask is the empty set,
|
|
then the event is sent to the client that created the destination window.
|
|
If that client no longer exists, no event is sent.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If propagate is
|
|
.PN False ,
|
|
then the event is sent to every client selecting
|
|
on destination any of the event types in event-mask.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If propagate is
|
|
.PN True
|
|
and no clients have selected on destination any
|
|
of the event types in event-mask,
|
|
then destination is replaced with the
|
|
closest ancestor of destination for which some client has selected a
|
|
type in event-mask and no intervening window has that type in its
|
|
do-not-propagate-mask.
|
|
If no such window exists or if the window is an ancestor of the focus window
|
|
and
|
|
.PN InputFocus
|
|
was originally specified as the destination,
|
|
then the event is not sent to any clients.
|
|
Otherwise, the event is reported to every client selecting on the final
|
|
destination any of the types specified in event-mask.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The event code must be one of the core events or one of the events
|
|
defined by an extension (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results) so that the server can correctly byte-swap the
|
|
contents as necessary.
|
|
The contents of the event are otherwise unaltered and unchecked
|
|
by the server except to force on the most significant bit of the event code
|
|
and to set the sequence number in the event correctly.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Active grabs are ignored for this request.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GrabPointer" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GrabPointer
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIgrab-window\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIowner-events\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIevent-mask\fP\^: SETofPOINTEREVENT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpointer-mode\fP, \fIkeyboard-mode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Synchronous ,
|
|
.PN Asynchronous }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIconfine-to\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcursor\fP\^: CURSOR or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
status:
|
|
.Pn { Success ,
|
|
.PN AlreadyGrabbed ,
|
|
.PN Frozen ,
|
|
.PN InvalidTime ,
|
|
.PN NotViewable }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request actively grabs control of the pointer.
|
|
Further pointer events are only reported to the grabbing client.
|
|
The request overrides any active pointer grab by this client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If owner-events is
|
|
.PN False ,
|
|
all generated pointer events are reported with respect to grab-window
|
|
and are only reported if selected by event-mask.
|
|
If owner-events is
|
|
.PN True
|
|
and a generated pointer event would normally be reported to this client,
|
|
it is reported normally.
|
|
Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the grab-window and is
|
|
only reported if selected by event-mask.
|
|
For either value of owner-events,
|
|
unreported events are simply discarded.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If pointer-mode is
|
|
.PN Asynchronous ,
|
|
pointer event processing continues normally.
|
|
If the pointer is currently frozen by this client,
|
|
then processing of pointer events is resumed.
|
|
If pointer-mode is
|
|
.PN Synchronous ,
|
|
the state of the pointer (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze,
|
|
and no further pointer events are generated by the server until the
|
|
grabbing client issues a releasing
|
|
.PN AllowEvents
|
|
request or until the pointer grab is released.
|
|
Actual pointer changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen.
|
|
They are simply queued for later processing.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If keyboard-mode is
|
|
.PN Asynchronous ,
|
|
keyboard event processing is unaffected by activation of the grab.
|
|
If keyboard-mode is
|
|
.PN Synchronous ,
|
|
the state of the keyboard (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze,
|
|
and no further keyboard events are generated by the server until the grabbing
|
|
client issues a releasing
|
|
.PN AllowEvents
|
|
request or until the pointer grab is released.
|
|
Actual keyboard changes are not lost while the keyboard is frozen.
|
|
They are simply queued for later processing.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If a cursor is specified,
|
|
then it is displayed regardless of what window the pointer is in.
|
|
If no cursor is specified,
|
|
then when the pointer is in grab-window or one of its subwindows,
|
|
the normal cursor for that window is displayed.
|
|
Otherwise, the cursor for grab-window is displayed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If a confine-to window is specified,
|
|
then the pointer will be restricted to stay contained in that window.
|
|
The confine-to window need have no relationship to the grab-window.
|
|
If the pointer is not initially in the confine-to window,
|
|
then it is warped automatically to the closest edge
|
|
(and enter/leave events are generated normally) just before the grab activates.
|
|
If the confine-to window is subsequently reconfigured,
|
|
the pointer will be warped automatically as necessary to
|
|
keep it contained in the window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The request fails with status
|
|
.PN AlreadyGrabbed
|
|
if the pointer is actively grabbed by some other client.
|
|
The request fails with status
|
|
.PN Frozen
|
|
if the pointer is frozen by an active grab of another client.
|
|
The request fails with status
|
|
.PN NotViewable
|
|
if grab-window or confine-to window is not viewable
|
|
or if the confine-to window lies completely outside the boundaries
|
|
of the root window.
|
|
The request fails with status
|
|
.PN InvalidTime
|
|
if the specified time is earlier than the last-pointer-grab time or later than
|
|
the current server time.
|
|
Otherwise, the last-pointer-grab time is set to the specified time, with
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
replaced by the current server time.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UngrabPointer" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UngrabPointer
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request releases the pointer if this client has it actively grabbed (from
|
|
either
|
|
.PN GrabPointer
|
|
or
|
|
.PN GrabButton
|
|
or from a normal button press) and releases any queued events.
|
|
The request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than
|
|
the last-pointer-grab time or is later than the current server time.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
An
|
|
.PN UngrabPointer
|
|
request is performed automatically if the event window or
|
|
confine-to window for an active pointer grab becomes not viewable
|
|
or if window reconfiguration causes the confine-to window to lie
|
|
completely outside the boundaries of the root window.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GrabButton" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GrabButton
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImodifiers\fP\^: SETofKEYMASK or
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIbutton\fP\^: BUTTON or
|
|
.PN AnyButton
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgrab-window\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIowner-events\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIevent-mask\fP\^: SETofPOINTEREVENT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpointer-mode\fP, \fIkeyboard-mode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Synchronous ,
|
|
.PN Asynchronous }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIconfine-to\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcursor\fP\^: CURSOR or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Access ,
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request establishes a passive grab.
|
|
In the future,
|
|
the pointer is actively grabbed as described in
|
|
.PN GrabPointer ,
|
|
the last-pointer-grab time is set to the time at which the button was
|
|
pressed (as transmitted in the
|
|
.PN ButtonPress
|
|
event), and the
|
|
.PN ButtonPress
|
|
event is reported if all of the following conditions are true:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The pointer is not grabbed and the specified button is logically pressed
|
|
when the specified modifier keys are logically down,
|
|
and no other buttons or modifier keys are logically down.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The grab-window contains the pointer.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The confine-to window (if any) is viewable.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
A passive grab on the same button/key combination does not exist
|
|
on any ancestor of grab-window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The interpretation of the remaining arguments is the same as for
|
|
.PN GrabPointer .
|
|
The active grab is terminated automatically when
|
|
the logical state of the pointer has all buttons released,
|
|
independent of the logical state of modifier keys.
|
|
Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the protocol)
|
|
may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request overrides all previous passive grabs by the same client on
|
|
the same button/key combinations on the same window.
|
|
A modifier of
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible modifier combinations
|
|
(including the combination of no modifiers).
|
|
It is not required that all specified modifiers have currently assigned
|
|
keycodes.
|
|
A button of
|
|
.PN AnyButton
|
|
is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible buttons.
|
|
Otherwise, it is not required that the button specified currently be assigned
|
|
to a physical button.
|
|
.LP
|
|
An
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error is generated if some other client has already issued a
|
|
.PN GrabButton
|
|
request with the same button/key combination on the same window.
|
|
When using
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
or
|
|
.PN AnyButton ,
|
|
the request fails completely (no grabs are established), and an
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error is generated if there is a conflicting grab for any combination.
|
|
The request has no effect on an active grab.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UngrabButton" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UngrabButton
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImodifiers\fP\^: SETofKEYMASK or
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIbutton\fP\^: BUTTON or
|
|
.PN AnyButton
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgrab-window\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request releases the passive button/key combination
|
|
on the specified window if it was grabbed by this client.
|
|
A modifiers argument of
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible modifier
|
|
combinations (including the combination of no modifiers).
|
|
A button of
|
|
.PN AnyButton
|
|
is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible buttons.
|
|
The request has no effect on an active grab.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangeActivePointerGrab" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangeActivePointerGrab
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent-mask\fP\^: SETofPOINTEREVENT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcursor\fP\^: CURSOR or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request changes the specified dynamic parameters if the pointer is
|
|
actively grabbed by the client and the specified time is no earlier than the
|
|
last-pointer-grab time and no later than the current server time.
|
|
The interpretation of event-mask and cursor are the same as in
|
|
.PN GrabPointer .
|
|
This request has no effect on the parameters of any passive grabs established
|
|
with
|
|
.PN GrabButton .
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GrabKeyboard" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GrabKeyboard
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIgrab-window\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIowner-events\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpointer-mode\fP, \fIkeyboard-mode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Synchronous ,
|
|
.PN Asynchronous }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
status:
|
|
.Pn { Success ,
|
|
.PN AlreadyGrabbed ,
|
|
.PN Frozen ,
|
|
.PN InvalidTime ,
|
|
.PN NotViewable }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request actively grabs control of the keyboard.
|
|
Further key events are reported only to the grabbing client.
|
|
This request overrides any active keyboard grab by this client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If owner-events is
|
|
.PN False ,
|
|
all generated key events are reported with respect to grab-window.
|
|
If owner-events is
|
|
.PN True
|
|
and if a generated key event would normally be reported to this client,
|
|
it is reported normally.
|
|
Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the grab-window.
|
|
Both
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
and
|
|
.PN KeyRelease
|
|
events are always reported,
|
|
independent of any event selection made by the client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If keyboard-mode is
|
|
.PN Asynchronous ,
|
|
keyboard event processing continues normally.
|
|
If the keyboard is currently frozen by this client,
|
|
then processing of keyboard events is resumed.
|
|
If keyboard-mode is
|
|
.PN Synchronous ,
|
|
the state of the keyboard (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze.
|
|
No further keyboard events are generated by the server until the
|
|
grabbing client issues a releasing
|
|
.PN AllowEvents
|
|
request or until the keyboard grab is released.
|
|
Actual keyboard changes are not lost while the keyboard is frozen.
|
|
They are simply queued for later processing.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If pointer-mode is
|
|
.PN Asynchronous ,
|
|
pointer event processing is unaffected by activation of the grab.
|
|
If pointer-mode is
|
|
.PN Synchronous ,
|
|
the state of the pointer (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze.
|
|
No further pointer events are generated by the server
|
|
until the grabbing client issues a releasing
|
|
.PN AllowEvents
|
|
request or until the keyboard grab is released.
|
|
Actual pointer changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen.
|
|
They are simply queued for later processing.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
and
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The request fails with status
|
|
.PN AlreadyGrabbed
|
|
if the keyboard is actively grabbed by some other client.
|
|
The request fails with status
|
|
.PN Frozen
|
|
if the keyboard is frozen by an active grab of another client.
|
|
The request fails with status
|
|
.PN NotViewable
|
|
if grab-window is not viewable.
|
|
The request fails with status
|
|
.PN InvalidTime
|
|
if the specified time is earlier than the last-keyboard-grab time
|
|
or later than the current server time.
|
|
Otherwise, the last-keyboard-grab time is set to the specified time with
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
replaced by the current server time.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UngrabKeyboard" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UngrabKeyboard
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request releases the keyboard if this client has it actively grabbed
|
|
(as a result of either
|
|
.PN GrabKeyboard
|
|
or
|
|
.PN GrabKey )
|
|
and releases any queued events.
|
|
The request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the
|
|
last-keyboard-grab time or is later than the current server time.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
and
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
An
|
|
.PN UngrabKeyboard
|
|
is performed automatically if the event window for an active keyboard grab
|
|
becomes not viewable.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GrabKey" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GrabKey
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIkey\fP\^: KEYCODE or
|
|
.PN AnyKey
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImodifiers\fP\^: SETofKEYMASK or
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgrab-window\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIowner-events\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpointer-mode\fP, \fIkeyboard-mode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Synchronous ,
|
|
.PN Asynchronous }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Access ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request establishes a passive grab on the keyboard.
|
|
In the future,
|
|
the keyboard is actively grabbed as described in
|
|
.PN GrabKeyboard ,
|
|
the last-keyboard-grab time is set to the time at which the key was pressed
|
|
(as transmitted in the
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
event), and the
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
event is reported if all of the following conditions are true:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
The keyboard is not grabbed and the specified key
|
|
(which can itself be a modifier key) is logically pressed
|
|
when the specified modifier keys are logically down,
|
|
and no other modifier keys are logically down.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
Either the grab-window is an ancestor of (or is) the focus window,
|
|
or the grab-window is a descendent of the focus window and contains the pointer.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
A passive grab on the same key combination does not exist
|
|
on any ancestor of grab-window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The interpretation of the remaining arguments is the same as for
|
|
.PN GrabKeyboard .
|
|
The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state
|
|
of the keyboard has the specified key released,
|
|
independent of the logical state of modifier keys.
|
|
Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the protocol)
|
|
may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request overrides all previous passive grabs by the same client
|
|
on the same key combinations on the same window.
|
|
A modifier of
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible modifier combinations
|
|
(including the combination of no modifiers).
|
|
It is not required that all modifiers specified have
|
|
currently assigned keycodes.
|
|
A key of
|
|
.PN AnyKey
|
|
is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible keycodes.
|
|
Otherwise, the key must be in the range specified by min-keycode
|
|
and max-keycode in the connection setup (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
.LP
|
|
An
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error is generated if some other client has issued a
|
|
.PN GrabKey
|
|
with the same key combination on the same window.
|
|
When using
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
or
|
|
.PN AnyKey ,
|
|
the request fails completely (no grabs are established),
|
|
and an
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error is generated if there is a conflicting grab for any combination.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UngrabKey" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UngrabKey
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIkey\fP\^: KEYCODE or
|
|
.PN AnyKey
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImodifiers\fP\^: SETofKEYMASK or
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgrab-window\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request releases the key combination on the specified window
|
|
if it was grabbed by this client.
|
|
A modifiers argument of
|
|
.PN AnyModifier
|
|
is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible modifier combinations
|
|
(including the combination of no modifiers).
|
|
A key of
|
|
.PN AnyKey
|
|
is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible keycodes.
|
|
This request has no effect on an active grab.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "AllowEvents" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN AllowEvents
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImode\fP:
|
|
.Pn { AsyncPointer ,
|
|
.PN SyncPointer ,
|
|
.PN ReplayPointer ,
|
|
.PN AsyncKeyboard ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
|
|
.PN SyncKeyboard ,
|
|
.PN ReplayKeyboard ,
|
|
.PN AsyncBoth ,
|
|
.PN SyncBoth }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request releases some queued events if the client has caused a device to
|
|
freeze.
|
|
The request has no effect if the specified time is earlier
|
|
than the last-grab time of the most recent active grab for the client
|
|
or if the specified time is later than the current server time.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN AsyncPointer ,
|
|
if the pointer is frozen by the client,
|
|
pointer event processing continues normally.
|
|
If the pointer is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
|
|
.PN AsyncPointer
|
|
thaws for both.
|
|
.PN AsyncPointer
|
|
has no effect if the pointer is not frozen by the client,
|
|
but the pointer need not be grabbed by the client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN SyncPointer ,
|
|
if the pointer is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,
|
|
pointer event processing continues normally until the next
|
|
.PN ButtonPress
|
|
or
|
|
.PN ButtonRelease
|
|
event is reported to the client,
|
|
at which time the pointer again appears to freeze.
|
|
However, if the reported event causes the pointer grab to be released,
|
|
then the pointer does not freeze.
|
|
.PN SyncPointer
|
|
has no effect if the pointer is not frozen by the
|
|
client or if the pointer is not grabbed by the client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN ReplayPointer ,
|
|
if the pointer is actively grabbed by the client and
|
|
is frozen as the result of an event having been sent to the client
|
|
(either from the activation of a
|
|
.PN GrabButton
|
|
or from a previous
|
|
.PN AllowEvents
|
|
with mode
|
|
.PN SyncPointer
|
|
but not from a
|
|
.PN GrabPointer ),
|
|
then the pointer grab is released and that event is completely reprocessed,
|
|
this time ignoring any passive grabs at or above (towards the root)
|
|
the grab-window of the grab just released.
|
|
The request has no effect if the pointer is not grabbed by the client
|
|
or if the pointer is not frozen as the result of an event.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN AsyncKeyboard ,
|
|
if the keyboard is frozen by the client,
|
|
keyboard event processing continues normally.
|
|
If the keyboard is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
|
|
.PN AsyncKeyboard
|
|
thaws for both.
|
|
.PN AsyncKeyboard
|
|
has no effect if the keyboard is not frozen by the client,
|
|
but the keyboard need not be grabbed by the client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN SyncKeyboard ,
|
|
if the keyboard is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,
|
|
keyboard event processing continues normally until the next
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
or
|
|
.PN KeyRelease
|
|
event is reported to the client,
|
|
at which time the keyboard again appears to freeze.
|
|
However, if the reported event causes the keyboard grab to be released,
|
|
then the keyboard does not freeze.
|
|
.PN SyncKeyboard
|
|
has no effect if the keyboard is not frozen by the client or
|
|
if the keyboard is not grabbed by the client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN ReplayKeyboard ,
|
|
if the keyboard is actively grabbed by the client
|
|
and is frozen as the result of an event having been sent to the client
|
|
(either from the activation of a
|
|
.PN GrabKey
|
|
or from a previous
|
|
.PN AllowEvents
|
|
with mode
|
|
.PN SyncKeyboard
|
|
but not from a
|
|
.PN GrabKeyboard ),
|
|
then the keyboard grab is released and that event is completely reprocessed,
|
|
this time ignoring any passive grabs at or above (towards the root)
|
|
the grab-window of the grab just released.
|
|
The request has no effect if the keyboard is not grabbed by the client
|
|
or if the keyboard is not frozen as the result of an event.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN SyncBoth ,
|
|
if both pointer and keyboard are frozen by the client,
|
|
event processing (for both devices) continues normally until the next
|
|
.PN ButtonPress ,
|
|
.PN ButtonRelease ,
|
|
.PN KeyPress ,
|
|
or
|
|
.PN KeyRelease
|
|
event is reported to the client for a grabbed device
|
|
(button event for the pointer, key event for the keyboard),
|
|
at which time the devices again appear to freeze.
|
|
However, if the reported event causes the grab to be released,
|
|
then the devices do not freeze (but if the other device is still
|
|
grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause both devices
|
|
to freeze).
|
|
.PN SyncBoth
|
|
has no effect unless both pointer and keyboard are frozen by the client.
|
|
If the pointer or keyboard is frozen twice by the client on behalf
|
|
of two separate grabs,
|
|
.PN SyncBoth
|
|
thaws for both (but a subsequent freeze for
|
|
.PN SyncBoth
|
|
will only freeze each device once).
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN AsyncBoth ,
|
|
if the pointer and the keyboard are frozen by the client,
|
|
event processing for both devices continues normally.
|
|
If a device is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
|
|
.PN AsyncBoth
|
|
thaws for both.
|
|
.PN AsyncBoth
|
|
has no effect unless both pointer and keyboard are frozen by the client.
|
|
.LP
|
|
.PN AsyncPointer ,
|
|
.PN SyncPointer ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN ReplayPointer
|
|
have no effect on processing of keyboard events.
|
|
.PN AsyncKeyboard ,
|
|
.PN SyncKeyboard ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN ReplayKeyboard
|
|
have no effect on processing of pointer events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
It is possible for both a pointer grab and a keyboard grab to be active
|
|
simultaneously (by the same or different clients).
|
|
When a device is frozen on behalf of either grab,
|
|
no event processing is performed for the device.
|
|
It is possible for a single device to be frozen because of both grabs.
|
|
In this case, the freeze must be released on behalf of both grabs
|
|
before events can again be processed.
|
|
If a device is frozen twice by a single client, then a single
|
|
.PN AllowEvents
|
|
releases both.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GrabServer" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GrabServer
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request disables processing of requests and close-downs on all
|
|
connections other than the one this request arrived on.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UngrabServer" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UngrabServer
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request restarts processing of requests and close-downs
|
|
on other connections.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "QueryPointer" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN QueryPointer
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
root: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
child: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
same-screen: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
root-x, root-y, win-x, win-y: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
mask: SETofKEYBUTMASK
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The root window the pointer is logically on and the pointer coordinates
|
|
relative to the root's origin are returned.
|
|
If same-screen is
|
|
.PN False ,
|
|
then the pointer is not on the same screen as the argument window,
|
|
child is
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
and win-x and win-y are zero.
|
|
If same-screen is
|
|
.PN True ,
|
|
then win-x and win-y are the pointer coordinates relative to the
|
|
argument window's origin, and child is the child containing the
|
|
pointer, if any.
|
|
The current logical state of the modifier keys and the buttons
|
|
are also returned.
|
|
Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the protocol)
|
|
may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetMotionEvents" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetMotionEvents
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIstart\fP, \fIstop\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
events: LISTofTIMECOORD
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
where:
|
|
.TS
|
|
l l.
|
|
TIMECOORD: [x, y: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\ time: TIMESTAMP]
|
|
.TE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns all events in the motion history buffer that fall
|
|
between the specified start and stop times (inclusive)
|
|
and that have coordinates that lie within (including borders)
|
|
the specified window at its present placement.
|
|
The x and y coordinates are reported relative to the origin of the window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the start time is later than the stop time or if the start time is
|
|
in the future, no events are returned.
|
|
If the stop time is in the future, it is equivalent to specifying
|
|
.PN CurrentTime .
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "TranslateCoordinates" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN TranslateCoordinates
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIsrc-window\fP, \fIdst-window\fP: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsrc-x\fP, \fIsrc-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
same-screen: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
child: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
dst-x, dst-y: INT16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The src-x and src-y coordinates are taken relative to src-window's
|
|
origin and are returned as dst-x and dst-y coordinates relative to
|
|
dst-window's origin.
|
|
If same-screen is
|
|
.PN False ,
|
|
then src-window and dst-window are on different screens,
|
|
and dst-x and dst-y are zero.
|
|
If the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of dst-window,
|
|
then that child is returned.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "WarpPointer" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN WarpPointer
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIsrc-window\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdst-window\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsrc-x\fP, \fIsrc-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsrc-width\fP, \fIsrc-height\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdst-x\fP, \fIdst-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If dst-window is
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
this request moves the pointer by offsets [dst-x, dst-y]
|
|
relative to the current position of the pointer.
|
|
If dst-window is a window,
|
|
this request moves the pointer to [dst-x, dst-y] relative to dst-window's
|
|
origin.
|
|
However, if src-window is not
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
the move only takes place if src-window contains the pointer
|
|
and the pointer is contained in the specified rectangle of src-window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The src-x and src-y coordinates are relative to src-window's origin.
|
|
If src-height is zero,
|
|
it is replaced with the current height of src-window minus src-y.
|
|
If src-width is zero,
|
|
it is replaced with the current width of src-window minus src-x.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request cannot be used to move the pointer outside the confine-to
|
|
window of an active pointer grab.
|
|
An attempt will only move the pointer as far as the closest edge
|
|
of the confine-to window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request will generate events just as if the user had instantaneously
|
|
moved the pointer.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetInputFocus" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetInputFocus
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIfocus\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIrevert-to\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Parent ,
|
|
.PN PointerRoot ,
|
|
.PN None }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request changes the input focus and the last-focus-change time.
|
|
The request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current
|
|
last-focus-change time or is later than the current server time.
|
|
Otherwise, the last-focus-change time is set to the specified time
|
|
with
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
replaced by the current server time.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If
|
|
.PN None
|
|
is specified as the focus,
|
|
all keyboard events are discarded until a new focus window is set.
|
|
In this case, the revert-to argument is ignored.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If a window is specified as the focus,
|
|
it becomes the keyboard's focus window.
|
|
If a generated keyboard event would normally be reported to
|
|
this window or one of its inferiors, the event is reported normally.
|
|
Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the focus window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
is specified as the focus,
|
|
the focus window is dynamically taken to be the root window of whatever screen
|
|
the pointer is on at each keyboard event.
|
|
In this case,
|
|
the revert-to argument is ignored.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
and
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The specified focus window must be viewable at the time of the request (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
If the focus window later becomes not viewable,
|
|
the new focus window depends on the revert-to argument.
|
|
If revert-to is
|
|
.PN Parent ,
|
|
the focus reverts to the parent (or the closest viewable ancestor)
|
|
and the new revert-to value is taken to be
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
If revert-to is
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
or
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
the focus reverts to that value.
|
|
When the focus reverts,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
and
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
events are generated,
|
|
but the last-focus-change time is not affected.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetInputFocus" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetInputFocus
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
focus: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
revert-to:
|
|
.Pn { Parent ,
|
|
.PN PointerRoot ,
|
|
.PN None }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the current focus state.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "QueryKeymap" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN QueryKeymap
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
keys: LISTofCARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns a bit vector for the logical state of the keyboard.
|
|
Each bit set to 1 indicates that the corresponding key is currently pressed.
|
|
The vector is represented as 32 bytes.
|
|
Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7
|
|
with the least significant bit in the byte representing key 8N.
|
|
Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the protocol)
|
|
may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "OpenFont" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN OpenFont
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIfid\fP\^: FONT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIname\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice ,
|
|
.PN Name
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request loads the specified font, if necessary,
|
|
and associates identifier fid with it.
|
|
The font name should use the ISO Latin-1 encoding,
|
|
and uppercase and lowercase do not matter.
|
|
When the characters ``?'' and ``*'' are used in a font name, a
|
|
pattern match is performed and any matching font is used.
|
|
In the pattern,
|
|
the ``?'' character (octal value 77) will match any single character,
|
|
and the ``*'' character (octal value 52) will match any number
|
|
of characters.
|
|
A structured format for font names is specified in the
|
|
X.Org standard \fIX Logical Font Description Conventions\fP.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Fonts are not associated with a particular screen
|
|
and can be stored as a component of any graphics context.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CloseFont" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CloseFont
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIfont\fP\^: FONT
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Font
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request deletes the association between the resource ID and the font.
|
|
The font itself will be freed when no other resource references it.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "QueryFont" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN QueryFont
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIfont\fP\^: FONTABLE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
font-info: FONTINFO
|
|
.br
|
|
char-infos: LISTofCHARINFO
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
where:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.TS
|
|
l lw(3i).
|
|
T{
|
|
FONTINFO:
|
|
T} T{
|
|
[draw-direction:
|
|
.Pn { LeftToRight ,
|
|
.PN RightToLeft }
|
|
T}
|
|
\ min-char-or-byte2, max-char-or-byte2: CARD16
|
|
\ min-byte1, max-byte1: CARD8
|
|
\ all-chars-exist: BOOL
|
|
\ default-char: CARD16
|
|
\ min-bounds: CHARINFO
|
|
\ max-bounds: CHARINFO
|
|
\ font-ascent: INT16
|
|
\ font-descent: INT16
|
|
\ properties: LISTofFONTPROP]
|
|
FONTPROP: [name: ATOM
|
|
\ value: <32-bit-value>]
|
|
CHARINFO: [left-side-bearing: INT16
|
|
\ right-side-bearing: INT16
|
|
\ character-width: INT16
|
|
\ ascent: INT16
|
|
\ descent: INT16
|
|
\ attributes: CARD16]
|
|
.TE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Font
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns logical information about a font.
|
|
If a gcontext is given for font,
|
|
the currently contained font is used.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The draw-direction is just a hint
|
|
and indicates whether most char-infos have a positive,
|
|
.PN LeftToRight ,
|
|
or a negative,
|
|
.PN RightToLeft ,
|
|
character-width metric.
|
|
The core protocol defines no support for vertical text.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If min-byte1 and max-byte1 are both zero,
|
|
then min-char-or-byte2 specifies the linear character index corresponding
|
|
to the first element of char-infos,
|
|
and max-char-or-byte2 specifies the linear character index of the last element.
|
|
If either min-byte1 or max-byte1 are nonzero,
|
|
then both min-char-or-byte2 and max-char-or-byte2 will be less than 256,
|
|
and the 2-byte character index values corresponding to char-infos element N
|
|
(counting from 0) are:
|
|
.DS
|
|
byte1 = N/D + min-byte1
|
|
byte2 = N\\\\D + min-char-or-byte2
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
where:
|
|
.DS
|
|
D = max-char-or-byte2 \- min-char-or-byte2 + 1
|
|
/ = integer division
|
|
\\\\ = integer modulus
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
If char-infos has length zero,
|
|
then min-bounds and max-bounds will be identical,
|
|
and the effective char-infos is one filled with this char-info, of length:
|
|
.DS
|
|
L = D * (max-byte1 \- min-byte1 + 1)
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
That is,
|
|
all glyphs in the specified linear or matrix range have the same information,
|
|
as given by min-bounds (and max-bounds).
|
|
If all-chars-exist is
|
|
.PN True ,
|
|
then all characters in char-infos have nonzero bounding boxes.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The default-char specifies the character that will be used when an
|
|
undefined or nonexistent character is used.
|
|
Note that default-char is a CARD16, not CHAR2B.
|
|
For a font using 2-byte matrix format,
|
|
the default-char has byte1 in the most significant byte
|
|
and byte2 in the least significant byte.
|
|
If the default-char itself specifies an undefined or nonexistent character,
|
|
then no printing is performed for an undefined or nonexistent character.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The min-bounds and max-bounds contain the minimum and maximum values of
|
|
each individual CHARINFO component over all char-infos (ignoring
|
|
nonexistent characters).
|
|
The bounding box of the font (that is, the
|
|
smallest rectangle enclosing the shape obtained by superimposing all
|
|
characters at the same origin [x,y]) has its upper-left coordinate at:
|
|
.DS
|
|
[x + min-bounds.left-side-bearing, y \- max-bounds.ascent]
|
|
.DE
|
|
with a width of:
|
|
.DS
|
|
max-bounds.right-side-bearing \- min-bounds.left-side-bearing
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
and a height of:
|
|
.DS
|
|
max-bounds.ascent + max-bounds.descent
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The font-ascent is the logical extent of the font above the baseline
|
|
and is used for determining line spacing.
|
|
Specific characters may extend beyond this.
|
|
The font-descent is the logical extent of the font at or below the baseline
|
|
and is used for determining line spacing.
|
|
Specific characters may extend beyond this.
|
|
If the baseline is at Y-coordinate y,
|
|
then the logical extent of the font is inclusive
|
|
between the Y-coordinate values (y \- font-ascent) and (y + font-descent \- 1).
|
|
.LP
|
|
A font is not guaranteed to have any properties.
|
|
The interpretation of the property value (for example, INT32, CARD32)
|
|
must be derived from \fIa priori\fP knowledge of the property.
|
|
A basic set of font properties is specified in the X.Org
|
|
standard \fIX Logical Font Description Conventions\fP.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For a character origin at [x,y],
|
|
the bounding box of a character (that is,
|
|
the smallest rectangle enclosing the character's shape), described in
|
|
terms of CHARINFO components, is a rectangle with its upper-left corner at:
|
|
.DS
|
|
[x + left-side-bearing, y \- ascent]
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
with a width of:
|
|
.DS
|
|
right-side-bearing \- left-side-bearing
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
and a height of:
|
|
.DS
|
|
ascent + descent
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
and the origin for the next character is defined to be:
|
|
.DS
|
|
[x + character-width, y]
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
Note that the baseline is logically viewed as being just below
|
|
nondescending characters (when descent is zero, only pixels with
|
|
Y-coordinates less than y are drawn) and that the origin is logically
|
|
viewed as being coincident with the left edge of a nonkerned character
|
|
(when left-side-bearing is zero, no pixels with X-coordinate less than
|
|
x are drawn).
|
|
.LP
|
|
Note that CHARINFO metric values can be negative.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A nonexistent character is represented with all CHARINFO components
|
|
zero.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The interpretation of the per-character attributes field is
|
|
server-dependent.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "QueryTextExtents" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN QueryTextExtents
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIfont\fP\^: FONTABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstring\fP\^: STRING16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
draw-direction:
|
|
.Pn { LeftToRight ,
|
|
.PN RightToLeft }
|
|
.br
|
|
font-ascent: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
font-descent: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
overall-ascent: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
overall-descent: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
overall-width: INT32
|
|
.br
|
|
overall-left: INT32
|
|
.br
|
|
overall-right: INT32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Font
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the logical extents of the specified string of characters
|
|
in the specified font.
|
|
If a gcontext is given for font,
|
|
the currently contained font is used.
|
|
The draw-direction, font-ascent, and font-descent are the same as
|
|
described in
|
|
.PN QueryFont .
|
|
The overall-ascent is the maximum of the ascent metrics of all characters
|
|
in the string, and the overall-descent is the maximum of the descent metrics.
|
|
The overall-width is the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters
|
|
in the string.
|
|
For each character in the string,
|
|
let W be the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters preceding it
|
|
in the string,
|
|
let L be the left-side-bearing metric of the character plus W,
|
|
and let R be the right-side-bearing metric of the character plus W.
|
|
The overall-left is the minimum L of all characters in the string,
|
|
and the overall-right is the maximum R.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,
|
|
the server will interpret each CHAR2B as a 16-bit number that
|
|
has been transmitted most significant byte first (that is, byte1 of the
|
|
CHAR2B is taken as the most significant byte).
|
|
.LP
|
|
Characters with all zero metrics are ignored.
|
|
If the font has no defined default-char,
|
|
then undefined characters in the string are also ignored.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ListFonts" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ListFonts
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIpattern\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImax-names\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
names: LISTofSTRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns a list
|
|
of available font names (as controlled by the font search path; see
|
|
.PN SetFontPath
|
|
request)
|
|
that match the pattern.
|
|
At most, max-names names will be returned.
|
|
The pattern should use the ISO Latin-1 encoding,
|
|
and uppercase and lowercase do not matter.
|
|
In the pattern,
|
|
the ``?'' character (octal value 77) will match any single character,
|
|
and the ``*'' character (octal value 52) will match any number
|
|
of characters.
|
|
The returned names are in lowercase.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ListFontsWithInfo" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ListFontsWithInfo
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIpattern\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImax-names\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
name: STRING8
|
|
.br
|
|
info FONTINFO
|
|
.br
|
|
replies-hint: CARD32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
where:
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
FONTINFO: <same type definition as in
|
|
.PN QueryFont >
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request is similar to
|
|
.PN ListFonts ,
|
|
but it also returns information about each font.
|
|
The information returned for each font is identical to what
|
|
.PN QueryFont
|
|
would return except that the per-character metrics are not returned.
|
|
Note that this request can generate multiple replies.
|
|
With each reply,
|
|
replies-hint may provide an indication of how many more fonts will be returned.
|
|
This number is a hint only and may be larger or smaller than
|
|
the number of fonts actually returned.
|
|
A zero value does not guarantee that no more fonts will be returned.
|
|
After the font replies,
|
|
a reply with a zero-length name is sent to indicate the end of the reply
|
|
sequence.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetFontPath" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetFontPath
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIpath\fP\^: LISTofSTRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request defines the search path for font lookup.
|
|
There is only one search path per server, not one per client.
|
|
The interpretation of the strings is operating-system-dependent,
|
|
but the strings are intended to specify directories to be searched in the
|
|
order listed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Setting the path to the empty list restores the default path defined
|
|
for the server.
|
|
.LP
|
|
As a side effect of executing this request,
|
|
the server is guaranteed to flush all cached information about fonts
|
|
for which there currently are no explicit resource IDs allocated.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The meaning of an error from this request is system specific.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetFontPath" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetFontPath
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
path: LISTofSTRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the current search path for fonts.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CreatePixmap" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CreatePixmap
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIpid\fP\^: PIXMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdepth\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request creates a pixmap and assigns the identifier pid to it.
|
|
The width and height must be nonzero (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The depth must be one of the depths supported by the root of the specified
|
|
drawable (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The initial contents of the pixmap are undefined.
|
|
.LP
|
|
It is legal to pass an
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
window as a drawable to this request.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "FreePixmap" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN FreePixmap
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIpixmap\fP\^: PIXMAP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Pixmap
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request deletes the association between the resource ID and the pixmap.
|
|
The pixmap storage will be freed when no other resource references it.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CreateGC" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CreateGC
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcid\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-list\fP\^: LISTofVALUE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN Font ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Pixmap ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request creates a graphics context
|
|
and assigns the identifier cid to it.
|
|
The gcontext can be used with any destination drawable having the same root
|
|
and depth as the specified drawable;
|
|
use with other drawables results in a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The value-mask and value-list specify which components are to be
|
|
explicitly initialized.
|
|
The context components are:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
lw(1.5i) lw(4.25i).
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Component Type
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
function
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { Clear ,
|
|
.PN And ,
|
|
.PN AndReverse ,
|
|
.PN Copy ,
|
|
.PN AndInverted ,
|
|
.PN NoOp ,
|
|
.PN Xor ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN Or ,
|
|
.PN Nor ,
|
|
.PN Equiv ,
|
|
.PN Invert ,
|
|
.PN OrReverse ,
|
|
.PN CopyInverted ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\
|
|
.PN OrInverted ,
|
|
.PN Nand ,
|
|
.PN Set }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
plane-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD32
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
foreground
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD32
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
background
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD32
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
line-width
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
line-style
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { Solid ,
|
|
.PN OnOffDash ,
|
|
.PN DoubleDash }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
cap-style
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { NotLast ,
|
|
.PN Butt ,
|
|
.PN Round ,
|
|
.PN Projecting }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
join-style
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { Miter ,
|
|
.PN Round ,
|
|
.PN Bevel }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
fill-style
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { Solid ,
|
|
.PN Tiled ,
|
|
.PN OpaqueStippled ,
|
|
.PN Stippled }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
fill-rule
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { EvenOdd ,
|
|
.PN Winding }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
arc-mode
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { Chord ,
|
|
.PN PieSlice }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
tile
|
|
T} T{
|
|
PIXMAP
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
stipple
|
|
T} T{
|
|
PIXMAP
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
tile-stipple-y-origin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
font
|
|
T} T{
|
|
FONT
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
subwindow-mode
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { ClipByChildren ,
|
|
.PN IncludeInferiors }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
graphics-exposures
|
|
T} T{
|
|
BOOL
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
clip-x-origin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
clip-y-origin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
clip-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
PIXMAP or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
dash-offset
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
dashes
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD8
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
In graphics operations,
|
|
given a source and destination pixel,
|
|
the result is computed bitwise on corresponding bits of the pixels;
|
|
that is, a Boolean operation is performed in each bit plane.
|
|
The plane-mask restricts the operation to a subset of planes,
|
|
so the result is:
|
|
.LP
|
|
.DS
|
|
((src FUNC dst) AND plane-mask) OR (dst AND (NOT plane-mask))
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
Range checking is not performed on the values for foreground, background,
|
|
or plane-mask.
|
|
They are simply truncated to the appropriate number of bits.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The meanings of the functions are:
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1.5i) lw(2i).
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Function Operation
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Clear
|
|
T} T{
|
|
0
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN And
|
|
T} T{
|
|
src AND dst
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN AndReverse
|
|
T} T{
|
|
src AND (NOT dst)
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Copy
|
|
T} T{
|
|
src
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN AndInverted
|
|
T} T{
|
|
(NOT src) AND dst
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN NoOp
|
|
T} T{
|
|
dst
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Xor
|
|
T} T{
|
|
src XOR dst
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Or
|
|
T} T{
|
|
src OR dst
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Nor
|
|
T} T{
|
|
(NOT src) AND (NOT dst)
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Equiv
|
|
T} T{
|
|
(NOT src) XOR dst
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Invert
|
|
T} T{
|
|
NOT dst
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN OrReverse
|
|
T} T{
|
|
src OR (NOT dst)
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN CopyInverted
|
|
T} T{
|
|
NOT src
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN OrInverted
|
|
T} T{
|
|
(NOT src) OR dst
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Nand
|
|
T} T{
|
|
(NOT src) OR (NOT dst)
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Set
|
|
T} T{
|
|
1
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The line-width is measured in pixels and can be greater than or equal to
|
|
one, a wide line, or the special value zero, a thin line.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Wide lines are drawn centered on the path described by the graphics request.
|
|
Unless otherwise specified by the join or cap style,
|
|
the bounding box of a wide line with endpoints [x1, y1], [x2, y2] and
|
|
width w is a rectangle with vertices at the following real coordinates:
|
|
.DS
|
|
[x1\-(w*sn/2), y1+(w*cs/2)], [x1+(w*sn/2), y1\-(w*cs/2)],
|
|
[x2\-(w*sn/2), y2+(w*cs/2)], [x2+(w*sn/2), y2\-(w*cs/2)]
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The sn is the sine of the angle of the line and cs is the cosine of
|
|
the angle of the line.
|
|
A pixel is part of the line (and hence drawn) if the center of the pixel
|
|
is fully inside the bounding box, which is viewed as having infinitely thin
|
|
edges.
|
|
If the center of the pixel is exactly on the bounding box,
|
|
it is part of the line if and only if the interior is immediately to its right
|
|
(x increasing direction).
|
|
Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case and are part of
|
|
the line if and only if the interior or the boundary is immediately below
|
|
(y increasing direction) and if the interior or the boundary is immediately
|
|
to the right (x increasing direction).
|
|
Note that this description is a mathematical model describing the pixels
|
|
that are drawn for a wide line and does not imply that trigonometry is required
|
|
to implement such a model.
|
|
Real or fixed point arithmetic is recommended for computing the corners of the
|
|
line endpoints for lines greater than one pixel in width.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Thin lines (zero line-width) are nominally one pixel wide lines drawn using an
|
|
unspecified, device-dependent algorithm.
|
|
There are only two constraints on this algorithm.
|
|
First, if a line is drawn unclipped from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2]
|
|
and another line is drawn unclipped from [x1+dx,y1+dy] to [x2+dx,y2+dy],
|
|
then a point [x,y] is touched by drawing the first line if
|
|
and only if the point [x+dx,y+dy] is touched by drawing the second line.
|
|
Second, the effective set of points comprising a line cannot be affected
|
|
by clipping.
|
|
Thus, a point is touched in a clipped line if and only if the point lies
|
|
inside the clipping region and the point would be touched by the line
|
|
when drawn unclipped.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Note that a wide line drawn from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] always draws the
|
|
same pixels as a wide line drawn from [x2,y2] to [x1,y1], not counting
|
|
cap-style and join-style.
|
|
Implementors are encouraged to make this property true for thin lines,
|
|
but it is not required.
|
|
A line-width of zero may differ from a line-width of one in which pixels
|
|
are drawn.
|
|
In general,
|
|
drawing a thin line will be faster than drawing a wide line of width one,
|
|
but thin lines may not mix well aesthetically with wide lines
|
|
because of the different drawing algorithms.
|
|
If it is desirable to obtain precise and uniform results across all displays,
|
|
a client should always use a line-width of one, rather than a line-width of
|
|
zero.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The line-style defines which sections of a line are drawn:
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1i) lw(4.75i).
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Solid
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The full path of the line is drawn.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN DoubleDash
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The full path of the line is drawn,
|
|
but the even dashes are filled differently than the odd dashes
|
|
(see fill-style), with
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
cap-style used where even and odd dashes meet.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN OnOffDash
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Only the even dashes are drawn,
|
|
and cap-style applies to all internal ends of the individual dashes
|
|
(except
|
|
.PN NotLast
|
|
is treated as
|
|
.PN Butt ).
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The cap-style defines how the endpoints of a path are drawn:
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1i) lw(4.75i).
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN NotLast
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The result is equivalent to
|
|
.PN Butt ,
|
|
except that for a line-width of zero the final endpoint is not drawn.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The result is square at the endpoint (perpendicular to the slope of the
|
|
line) with no projection beyond.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Round
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The result is a circular arc with its diameter equal to the line-width,
|
|
centered on the endpoint; it is equivalent to
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
for line-width zero.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Projecting
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The result is square at the end, but the path continues beyond the
|
|
endpoint for a distance equal to half the line-width;
|
|
it is equivalent to
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
for line-width zero.
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The join-style defines how corners are drawn for wide lines:
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1i) lw(4.75i).
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Miter
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The outer edges of the two lines extend to meet at an angle.
|
|
However, if the angle is less than 11 degrees, a
|
|
.PN Bevel
|
|
join-style is used instead.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Round
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The result is a circular arc with a diameter equal to the line-width,
|
|
centered on the joinpoint.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Bevel
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The result is
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
endpoint styles, and then the triangular notch is filled.
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), when the cap-style
|
|
is applied to both endpoints, the semantics depends on the line-width
|
|
and the cap-style:
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1i) lw(.5i) lw(4.25i).
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN NotLast
|
|
T} T{
|
|
thin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
This is device-dependent, but the desired effect is that nothing is drawn.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
T} T{
|
|
thin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
This is device-dependent, but the desired effect is that a single pixel is drawn.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Round
|
|
T} T{
|
|
thin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
This is the same as
|
|
.PN Butt /thin.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Projecting
|
|
T} T{
|
|
thin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
This is the same as
|
|
.PN Butt /thin.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
T} T{
|
|
wide
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Nothing is drawn.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Round
|
|
T} T{
|
|
wide
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The closed path is a circle, centered at the endpoint and
|
|
with a diameter equal to the line-width.
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Projecting
|
|
T} T{
|
|
wide
|
|
T} T{
|
|
The closed path is a square, aligned with the coordinate axes,
|
|
centered at the endpoint and with sides equal to the line-width.
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2),
|
|
when the join-style is applied at one or both endpoints,
|
|
the effect is as if the line was removed from the overall path.
|
|
However, if the total path consists of (or is reduced to) a single point
|
|
joined with itself,
|
|
the effect is the same as when the cap-style is applied at both endpoints.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The tile/stipple represents an infinite two-dimensional plane
|
|
with the tile/stipple
|
|
replicated in all dimensions. When that plane is superimposed on
|
|
the drawable for use in a graphics operation, the upper-left corner
|
|
of some instance of the tile/stipple is at the coordinates within
|
|
the drawable specified by the tile/stipple origin.
|
|
The tile/stipple and clip origins are interpreted relative to the
|
|
origin of whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics
|
|
request.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The tile pixmap must have the same root and depth as the gcontext (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
The stipple pixmap must have depth one and must have the same root
|
|
as the gcontext (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
For fill-style
|
|
.PN Stippled
|
|
(but not fill-style
|
|
.PN OpaqueStippled ),
|
|
the stipple pattern is tiled in a single plane
|
|
and acts as an additional clip mask to be ANDed with the clip-mask.
|
|
Any size pixmap can be used for tiling or stippling,
|
|
although some sizes may be faster to use than others.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The fill-style defines the contents of the source for line, text, and
|
|
fill requests.
|
|
For all text and fill requests (for example,
|
|
.PN PolyText8 ,
|
|
.PN PolyText16 ,
|
|
.PN PolyFillRectangle ,
|
|
.PN FillPoly ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN PolyFillArc )
|
|
as well as for line requests with line-style
|
|
.PN Solid ,
|
|
(for example,
|
|
.PN PolyLine ,
|
|
.PN PolySegment ,
|
|
.PN PolyRectangle ,
|
|
.PN PolyArc )
|
|
and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style
|
|
.PN OnOffDash
|
|
or
|
|
.PN DoubleDash :
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1.25i) lw(4.5i).
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Solid
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Foreground
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Tiled
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Tile
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN OpaqueStippled
|
|
T} T{
|
|
A tile with the same width and height as stipple
|
|
but with background everywhere stipple has a zero
|
|
and with foreground everywhere stipple has a one
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Stippled
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Foreground masked by stipple
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
For the odd dashes for line requests with line-style
|
|
.PN DoubleDash :
|
|
.TS
|
|
lw(1.25i) lw(4.5i).
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Solid
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Background
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Tiled
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Same as for even dashes
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN OpaqueStippled
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Same as for even dashes
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN Stippled
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Background masked by stipple
|
|
T}
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The dashes value allowed here is actually a simplified form of the more
|
|
general patterns that can be set with
|
|
.PN SetDashes .
|
|
Specifying a value of N here is equivalent to specifying
|
|
the two element list [N, N] in
|
|
.PN SetDashes .
|
|
The value must be nonzero (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The meaning of dash-offset and dashes are explained in the
|
|
.PN SetDashes
|
|
request.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The clip-mask restricts writes to the destination drawable.
|
|
Only pixels where the clip-mask has bits set to 1 are drawn.
|
|
Pixels are not drawn outside the area covered by the clip-mask
|
|
or where the clip-mask has bits set to 0.
|
|
The clip-mask affects all graphics requests,
|
|
but it does not clip sources.
|
|
The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever
|
|
destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.
|
|
If a pixmap is specified as the clip-mask,
|
|
it must have depth 1 and have the same root as the gcontext (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
If clip-mask is
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
then pixels are always drawn, regardless of the clip origin.
|
|
The clip-mask can also be set with the
|
|
.PN SetClipRectangles
|
|
request.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN ClipByChildren ,
|
|
both source and destination windows are additionally clipped by all viewable
|
|
.PN InputOutput
|
|
children.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN IncludeInferiors ,
|
|
neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors.
|
|
This will result in including subwindow contents in the
|
|
source and drawing through subwindow boundaries of the destination.
|
|
The use of
|
|
.PN IncludeInferiors
|
|
with a source or destination window of one depth with mapped inferiors
|
|
of differing depth is not illegal,
|
|
but the semantics is undefined by the core protocol.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The fill-rule defines what pixels are inside (that is, are drawn) for
|
|
paths given in
|
|
.PN FillPoly
|
|
requests.
|
|
.PN EvenOdd
|
|
means a point is inside if an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses
|
|
the path an odd number of times.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Winding ,
|
|
a point is inside if an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses an
|
|
unequal number of clockwise and counterclockwise directed path segments.
|
|
A clockwise directed path segment is one that crosses the ray from left
|
|
to right as observed from the point.
|
|
A counter-clockwise segment is one that crosses the ray from right to left
|
|
as observed from the point.
|
|
The case where a directed line segment is coincident with the ray is
|
|
uninteresting because one can simply choose a different ray that is not
|
|
coincident with a segment.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For both fill rules,
|
|
a point is infinitely small and the path is an infinitely thin line.
|
|
A pixel is inside if the center point of the pixel is inside
|
|
and the center point is not on the boundary.
|
|
If the center point is on the boundary,
|
|
the pixel is inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately
|
|
to its right (x increasing direction).
|
|
Pixels with centers along a horizontal edge are a special case
|
|
and are inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately below
|
|
(y increasing direction).
|
|
.LP
|
|
The arc-mode controls filling in the
|
|
.PN PolyFillArc
|
|
request.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The graphics-exposures flag controls
|
|
.PN GraphicsExposure
|
|
event generation for
|
|
.PN CopyArea
|
|
and
|
|
.PN CopyPlane
|
|
requests (and any similar requests defined by extensions).
|
|
.LP
|
|
The default component values are:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
l lw(4i).
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Component Default
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
function
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN Copy
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
plane-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
all ones
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
foreground
|
|
T} T{
|
|
0
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
background
|
|
T} T{
|
|
1
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
line-width
|
|
T} T{
|
|
0
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
line-style
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN Solid
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
cap-style
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
join-style
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN Miter
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
fill-style
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN Solid
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
fill-rule
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN EvenOdd
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
arc-mode
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN PieSlice
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
tile
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Pixmap of unspecified size filled with foreground pixel
|
|
.br
|
|
(that is, client specified pixel if any, else 0)
|
|
.br
|
|
(subsequent changes to foreground do not affect this pixmap)
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
stipple
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Pixmap of unspecified size filled with ones
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
0
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
tile-stipple-y-origin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
0
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
font
|
|
T} T{
|
|
<server-dependent-font>
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
subwindow-mode
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN ClipByChildren
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
graphics-exposures
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN True
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
clip-x-origin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
0
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
clip-y-origin
|
|
T} T{
|
|
0
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
clip-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN None
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
dash-offset
|
|
T} T{
|
|
0
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
dashes
|
|
T} T{
|
|
4 (that is, the list [4, 4])
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
Storing a pixmap in a gcontext might or might not result in a copy
|
|
being made.
|
|
If the pixmap is later used as the destination for a graphics request,
|
|
the change might or might not be reflected in the gcontext.
|
|
If the pixmap is used simultaneously in a graphics request
|
|
as both a destination and as a tile or stipple,
|
|
the results are not defined.
|
|
.LP
|
|
It is quite likely that some amount of gcontext information will be
|
|
cached in display hardware and that such hardware can only cache a
|
|
small number of gcontexts.
|
|
Given the number and complexity of components,
|
|
clients should view switching between gcontexts with nearly
|
|
identical state as significantly more expensive than making minor
|
|
changes to a single gcontext.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangeGC" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangeGC
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-list\fP\^: LISTofVALUE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Font ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Pixmap ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request changes components in gc.
|
|
The value-mask and value-list specify which components are to be changed.
|
|
The values and restrictions are the same
|
|
as for
|
|
.PN CreateGC .
|
|
.LP
|
|
Changing the clip-mask also overrides any previous
|
|
.PN SetClipRectangles
|
|
request on the context.
|
|
Changing dash-offset or dashes overrides any previous
|
|
.PN SetDashes
|
|
request on the context.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The order in which components are verified and altered is server-dependent.
|
|
If an error is generated,
|
|
a subset of the components may have been altered.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CopyGC" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CopyGC
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIsrc-gc\fP, \fIdst-gc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request copies components from src-gc to dst-gc.
|
|
The value-mask specifies which components to copy, as for
|
|
.PN CreateGC .
|
|
The two gcontexts must have the same root and the same depth (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetDashes" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetDashes
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdash-offset\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdashes\fP\^: LISTofCARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request sets dash-offset and dashes in gc for dashed line styles.
|
|
Dashes cannot be empty (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
Specifying an odd-length list is equivalent to specifying the same list
|
|
concatenated with itself to produce an even-length list.
|
|
The initial and alternating elements of dashes are the even dashes;
|
|
the others are the odd dashes.
|
|
Each element specifies a dash length in pixels.
|
|
All of the elements must be nonzero (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The dash-offset defines the phase of the pattern,
|
|
specifying how many pixels into dashes the pattern should actually begin in
|
|
any single graphics request.
|
|
Dashing is continuous through path elements combined with a join-style
|
|
but is reset to the dash-offset between each sequence of joined lines.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The unit of measure for dashes is the same as in the ordinary
|
|
coordinate system.
|
|
Ideally, a dash length is measured along the slope of the line,
|
|
but implementations are only required to match this ideal
|
|
for horizontal and vertical lines.
|
|
Failing the ideal semantics,
|
|
it is suggested that the length be measured along the major axis of the line.
|
|
The major axis is defined as the x axis for lines drawn at an angle of
|
|
between \-45 and +45 degrees or between 135 and 225 degrees from the x axis.
|
|
For all other lines, the major axis is the y axis.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For any graphics primitive, the computation of the endpoint of an individual
|
|
dash only depends on the geometry of the primitive, the start position
|
|
of the dash, the direction of the dash, and the dash length.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For any graphics primitive, the total set of pixels used to render the
|
|
primitive (both even and odd numbered dash elements) with
|
|
.PN DoubleDash
|
|
line-style is the same as the set of pixels used to render the
|
|
primitive with
|
|
.PN Solid
|
|
line-style.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For any graphics primitive, if the primitive is drawn with
|
|
.PN OnOffDash
|
|
or
|
|
.PN DoubleDash
|
|
line-style unclipped at position [x,y] and again at position
|
|
[x+dx,y+dy], then a point [x1,y1] is included in a dash in the first
|
|
instance if and only if the point [x1+dx,y1+dy] is included in the dash in
|
|
the second instance. In addition, the effective set of points comprising a
|
|
dash cannot be affected by clipping. A point is included in a clipped dash
|
|
if and only if the point lies inside the clipping region and the point
|
|
would be included in the dash when drawn unclipped.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetClipRectangles" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetClipRectangles
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIclip-x-origin\fP, \fIclip-y-origin\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIrectangles\fP\^: LISTofRECTANGLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIordering\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { UnSorted ,
|
|
.PN YSorted ,
|
|
.PN YXSorted ,
|
|
.PN YXBanded }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request changes clip-mask in gc to the specified list of rectangles
|
|
and sets the clip origin.
|
|
Output will be clipped to remain contained within the rectangles.
|
|
The clip origin is interpreted relative to the origin of
|
|
whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.
|
|
The rectangle coordinates are interpreted relative to the clip origin.
|
|
The rectangles should be nonintersecting, or graphics results will be
|
|
undefined.
|
|
Note that the list of rectangles can be empty,
|
|
which effectively disables output.
|
|
This is the opposite of passing
|
|
.PN None
|
|
as the clip-mask in
|
|
.PN CreateGC
|
|
and
|
|
.PN ChangeGC .
|
|
.LP
|
|
If known by the client,
|
|
ordering relations on the rectangles can be specified with the ordering
|
|
argument.
|
|
This may provide faster operation by the server.
|
|
If an incorrect ordering is specified,
|
|
the server may generate a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error, but it is not required to do so.
|
|
If no error is generated,
|
|
the graphics results are undefined.
|
|
.PN UnSorted
|
|
means that the rectangles are in arbitrary order.
|
|
.PN YSorted
|
|
means that the rectangles are nondecreasing in their Y origin.
|
|
.PN YXSorted
|
|
additionally constrains
|
|
.PN YSorted
|
|
order in that all rectangles with an equal Y origin are
|
|
nondecreasing in their X origin.
|
|
.PN YXBanded
|
|
additionally constrains
|
|
.PN YXSorted
|
|
by requiring that, for every possible Y scanline,
|
|
all rectangles that include that scanline have identical Y origins and Y
|
|
extents.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "FreeGC" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN FreeGC
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN GContext
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request deletes the association between the resource ID and the gcontext
|
|
and destroys the gcontext.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ClearArea" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ClearArea
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIexposures\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the window's origin
|
|
and specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
|
|
If width is zero,
|
|
it is replaced with the current width of the window minus x.
|
|
If height is zero,
|
|
it is replaced with the current height of the window minus y.
|
|
If the window has a defined background tile,
|
|
the rectangle is tiled with a plane-mask of all ones and function of
|
|
.PN Copy
|
|
and a subwindow-mode of
|
|
.PN ClipByChildren .
|
|
If the window has background
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
the contents of the window are not changed.
|
|
In either case,
|
|
if exposures is
|
|
.PN True ,
|
|
then one or more exposure events are generated for regions of the rectangle
|
|
that are either visible or are being retained in a backing store.
|
|
.LP
|
|
It is a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error to use an
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
window in this request.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CopyArea" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CopyArea
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIsrc-drawable\fP, \fIdst-drawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsrc-x\fP\^, \fIsrc-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdst-x\fP, \fIdst-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request combines the specified rectangle of src-drawable with the
|
|
specified rectangle of dst-drawable.
|
|
The src-x and src-y coordinates are relative to src-drawable's origin.
|
|
The dst-x and dst-y are relative to dst-drawable's origin,
|
|
each pair specifying the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
|
|
The src-drawable must have the same root and the same depth
|
|
as dst-drawable (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
.LP
|
|
If regions of the source rectangle are obscured and have not been retained
|
|
in backing store
|
|
or if regions outside the boundaries of the source drawable are specified,
|
|
then those regions are not copied,
|
|
but the following occurs on all corresponding destination regions that are
|
|
either visible or are retained in backing-store.
|
|
If the dst-drawable is a window with a background other than
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
these corresponding destination regions are tiled
|
|
(with plane-mask of all ones and function
|
|
.PN Copy )
|
|
with that background.
|
|
Regardless of tiling and whether the destination is a window or a pixmap,
|
|
if graphics-exposures in gc is
|
|
.PN True ,
|
|
then
|
|
.PN GraphicsExposure
|
|
events for all corresponding destination regions are generated.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If graphics-exposures is
|
|
.PN True
|
|
but no
|
|
.PN GraphicsExposure
|
|
events are generated,
|
|
then a
|
|
.PN NoExposure
|
|
event is generated.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, subwindow-mode,
|
|
graphics-exposures, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CopyPlane" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CopyPlane
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIsrc-drawable\fP, \fIdst-drawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsrc-x\fP, \fIsrc-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdst-x\fP, \fIdst-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIbit-plane\fP\^: CARD32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The src-drawable must have the same root as dst-drawable (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results), but it need not have the same depth.
|
|
The bit-plane must have exactly one bit set to 1 and the value of bit-plane
|
|
must be less than %2 sup n% where \fIn\fP is the depth of src-drawable (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
Effectively, a pixmap of the same depth as dst-drawable and with size specified
|
|
by the source region is formed using the foreground/background pixels in gc
|
|
(foreground everywhere the bit-plane in src-drawable contains a bit set to 1,
|
|
background everywhere the bit-plane contains a bit set to 0),
|
|
and the equivalent of a
|
|
.PN CopyArea
|
|
is performed, with all the same exposure semantics.
|
|
This can also be thought of as using the specified region of the source
|
|
bit-plane as a stipple with a fill-style of
|
|
.PN OpaqueStippled
|
|
for filling a rectangular area of the destination.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, foreground, background,
|
|
subwindow-mode, graphics-exposures, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin,
|
|
clip-mask
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolyPoint" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolyPoint
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcoordinate-mode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Origin ,
|
|
.PN Previous }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpoints\fP\^: LISTofPOINT
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request combines the foreground pixel in gc with the pixel
|
|
at each point in the drawable.
|
|
The points are drawn in the order listed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The first point is always relative to the drawable's origin.
|
|
The rest are relative either to that origin or the previous point,
|
|
depending on the coordinate-mode.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, foreground, subwindow-mode,
|
|
clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolyLine" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolyLine
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcoordinate-mode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Origin ,
|
|
.PN Previous }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpoints\fP\^: LISTofPOINT
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request draws lines between each pair of points (point[i], point[i+1]).
|
|
The lines are drawn in the order listed.
|
|
The lines join correctly at all intermediate points,
|
|
and if the first and last points coincide,
|
|
the first and last lines also join correctly.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For any given line,
|
|
no pixel is drawn more than once.
|
|
If thin (zero line-width) lines intersect,
|
|
the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.
|
|
If wide lines intersect,
|
|
the intersecting pixels are drawn only once, as though the entire
|
|
.PN PolyLine
|
|
were a single filled shape.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The first point is always relative to the drawable's origin.
|
|
The rest are relative either to that origin or the previous point,
|
|
depending on the coordinate-mode.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When either of the two lines involved in a
|
|
.PN Bevel
|
|
join is neither vertical
|
|
nor horizontal, then the slope and position of the line segment defining
|
|
the bevel join edge is implementation dependent. However, the computation
|
|
of the slope and distance (relative to the join point) only depends on
|
|
the line width and the slopes of the two lines.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style,
|
|
cap-style, join-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin,
|
|
clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, dashes
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolySegment" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolySegment
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsegments\fP\^: LISTofSEGMENT
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
where:
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
SEGMENT: [x1, y1, x2, y2: INT16]
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
For each segment,
|
|
this request draws a line between [x1, y1] and [x2, y2].
|
|
The lines are drawn in the order listed.
|
|
No joining is performed at coincident endpoints.
|
|
For any given line,
|
|
no pixel is drawn more than once.
|
|
If lines intersect,
|
|
the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style,
|
|
cap-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin,
|
|
clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, dashes
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolyRectangle" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolyRectangle
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIrectangles\fP\^: LISTofRECTANGLE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request draws the outlines of the specified rectangles, as if a five-point
|
|
.PN PolyLine
|
|
were specified for each rectangle:
|
|
.LP
|
|
.DS
|
|
[x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y]
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates of each rectangle are relative to the drawable's origin
|
|
and define the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The rectangles are drawn in the order listed.
|
|
For any given rectangle,
|
|
no pixel is drawn more than once.
|
|
If rectangles intersect,
|
|
the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style,
|
|
cap-style, join-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin,
|
|
clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, dashes
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolyArc" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolyArc
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIarcs\fP\^: LISTofARC
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request draws circular or elliptical arcs.
|
|
Each arc is specified by a rectangle and two angles.
|
|
The angles are signed integers in degrees scaled by 64,
|
|
with positive indicating counterclockwise motion and
|
|
negative indicating clockwise motion.
|
|
The start of the arc is specified by angle1 relative to the three-o'clock
|
|
position from the center of the rectangle,
|
|
and the path and extent of the arc is specified by angle2 relative to the
|
|
start of the arc.
|
|
If the magnitude of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees,
|
|
it is truncated to 360 degrees.
|
|
The x and y coordinates of the rectangle are relative to the origin of
|
|
the drawable.
|
|
For an arc specified as [x,y,w,h,a1,a2],
|
|
the origin of the major and minor axes is at [x+(w/2),y+(h/2)],
|
|
and the infinitely thin path describing the entire circle/ellipse intersects
|
|
the horizontal axis at [x,y+(h/2)] and [x+w,y+(h/2)] and intersects the
|
|
vertical axis at [x+(w/2),y] and [x+(w/2),y+h].
|
|
These coordinates are not necessarily integral; that is,
|
|
they are not truncated to discrete coordinates.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For a wide line with line-width lw, the ideal bounding outlines for filling
|
|
are given by the two infinitely thin paths consisting of all points whose
|
|
perpendicular distance from a tangent to the path of the circle/ellipse is
|
|
equal to lw/2 (which may be a fractional value). When the width and height
|
|
of the arc are not equal and both are nonzero, then the actual bounding
|
|
outlines are implementation dependent. However, the computation of the
|
|
shape and position of the bounding outlines (relative to the center of the
|
|
arc) only depends on the width and height of the arc and the
|
|
line-width.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The cap-style is applied the same as for a line corresponding to the
|
|
tangent of the circle/ellipse at the endpoint. When the angle of an arc
|
|
face is not an integral multiple of 90 degrees, and the width and height of
|
|
the arc are both are nonzero, then the shape and position of the cap at
|
|
that face is implementation dependent. However, for a
|
|
.PN Butt
|
|
cap, the face
|
|
is defined by a straight line, and the computation of the position
|
|
(relative to the center of the arc) and the slope of the line only
|
|
depends on the width and height of the arc and the angle of the arc face.
|
|
For other cap styles, the computation of the position (relative to the
|
|
center of the arc) and the shape of the cap only depends on the width
|
|
and height of the arc, the line-width, the angle of the arc face, and the
|
|
direction (clockwise or counter clockwise) of the arc from the endpoint.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The join-style is applied the same as for two lines corresponding to the
|
|
tangents of the circles/ellipses at the join point. When the width and
|
|
height of both arcs are nonzero, and the angle of either arc face is not an
|
|
integral multiple of 90 degrees, then the shape of the join is
|
|
implementation dependent. However, the computation of the shape only
|
|
depends on the width and height of each arc, the line-width, the angles of
|
|
the two arc faces, the direction (clockwise or counter clockwise) of the
|
|
arcs from the join point, and the relative orientation of the two arc
|
|
center points.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For an arc specified as [x,y,w,h,a1,a2],
|
|
the angles must be specified in the effectively skewed coordinate system of
|
|
the ellipse (for a circle, the angles and coordinate systems are identical).
|
|
The relationship between these angles and angles expressed in the normal
|
|
coordinate system of the screen (as measured with a protractor) is as
|
|
follows:
|
|
.DS
|
|
skewed-angle = atan(tan(normal-angle) * w/h) + adjust
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The skewed-angle and normal-angle are expressed in radians (rather
|
|
than in degrees scaled by 64) in the range [0,2*PI).
|
|
The atan returns a value in the range [\-PI/2,PI/2].
|
|
The adjust is:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TS
|
|
l l.
|
|
0 for normal-angle in the range [0,PI/2)
|
|
PI for normal-angle in the range [PI/2,(3*PI)/2)
|
|
2*PI for normal-angle in the range [(3*PI)/2,2*PI)
|
|
.TE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The arcs are drawn in the order listed.
|
|
If the last point in one arc coincides with the first point in the following
|
|
arc,
|
|
the two arcs will join correctly.
|
|
If the first point in the first arc coincides with the last point
|
|
in the last arc,
|
|
the two arcs will join correctly.
|
|
For any given arc,
|
|
no pixel is drawn more than once.
|
|
If two arcs join correctly and the line-width is greater than zero
|
|
and the arcs intersect,
|
|
no pixel is drawn more than once.
|
|
Otherwise, the intersecting pixels of intersecting arcs are drawn multiple
|
|
times.
|
|
Specifying an arc with one endpoint and a clockwise extent draws the
|
|
same pixels as specifying the other endpoint and an equivalent
|
|
counterclockwise extent, except as it affects joins.
|
|
.LP
|
|
By specifying one axis to be zero,
|
|
a horizontal or vertical line can be drawn.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Angles are computed based solely on the coordinate system,
|
|
ignoring the aspect ratio.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style,
|
|
cap-style, join-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin,
|
|
clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, dashes
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "FillPoly" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN FillPoly
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2in
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIshape\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Complex ,
|
|
.PN Nonconvex ,
|
|
.PN Convex }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcoordinate-mode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Origin ,
|
|
.PN Previous }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpoints\fP\^: LISTofPOINT
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request fills the region closed by the specified path.
|
|
The path is closed automatically if the last point in the list does not
|
|
coincide with the first point.
|
|
No pixel of the region is drawn more than once.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The first point is always relative to the drawable's origin.
|
|
The rest are relative either to that origin or the previous point,
|
|
depending on the coordinate-mode.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The shape parameter may be used by the server to improve performance.
|
|
.PN Complex
|
|
means the path may self-intersect.
|
|
Contiguous coincident points in the path are not treated
|
|
as self-intersection.
|
|
.LP
|
|
.PN Nonconvex
|
|
means the path does not self-intersect,
|
|
but the shape is not wholly convex.
|
|
If known by the client,
|
|
specifying
|
|
.PN Nonconvex
|
|
over
|
|
.PN Complex
|
|
may improve performance.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN Nonconvex
|
|
is specified for a self-intersecting path,
|
|
the graphics results are undefined.
|
|
.LP
|
|
.PN Convex
|
|
means that for every pair of points inside the polygon,
|
|
the line segment connecting them does not intersect the path.
|
|
If known by the client,
|
|
specifying
|
|
.PN Convex
|
|
can improve performance.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN Convex
|
|
is specified for a path that is not convex,
|
|
the graphics results are undefined.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, fill-rule,
|
|
subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolyFillRectangle" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolyFillRectangle
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIrectangles\fP\^: LISTofRECTANGLE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request fills the specified rectangles, as if a four-point
|
|
.PN FillPoly
|
|
were specified for each rectangle:
|
|
.DS
|
|
[x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height]
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates of each rectangle are relative to the drawable's origin
|
|
and define the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The rectangles are drawn in the order listed.
|
|
For any given rectangle,
|
|
no pixel is drawn more than once.
|
|
If rectangles intersect,
|
|
the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, subwindow-mode,
|
|
clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolyFillArc" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolyFillArc
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIarcs\fP\^: LISTofARC
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
For each arc,
|
|
this request fills the region closed by the infinitely thin path
|
|
described by the specified arc and one or two line segments,
|
|
depending on the arc-mode.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Chord ,
|
|
the single line segment joining the endpoints of the arc is used.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN PieSlice ,
|
|
the two line segments joining the endpoints of the arc with the center point
|
|
are used.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For an arc specified as [x,y,w,h,a1,a2], the origin of the major and minor
|
|
axes is at [x+(w/2),y+(h/2)], and the infinitely thin path describing the
|
|
entire circle/ellipse intersects the horizontal axis at [x,y+(h/2)] and
|
|
[x+w,y+(h/2)] and intersects the vertical axis at [x+(w/2),y] and
|
|
[x+(w/2),y+h]. These coordinates are not necessarily integral; that is,
|
|
they are not truncated to discrete coordinates.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The arc angles are interpreted as specified in the
|
|
.PN PolyArc
|
|
request. When
|
|
the angle of an arc face is not an integral multiple of 90 degrees, then
|
|
the precise endpoint on the arc is implementation dependent. However, for
|
|
.PN Chord
|
|
arc-mode, the computation of the pair of endpoints (relative to the
|
|
center of the arc) only depends on the width and height of the arc and
|
|
the angles of the two arc faces. For
|
|
.PN PieSlice
|
|
arc-mode, the computation of
|
|
an endpoint only depends on the angle of the arc face for that
|
|
endpoint and the ratio of the arc width to arc height.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The arcs are filled in the order listed.
|
|
For any given arc,
|
|
no pixel is drawn more than once.
|
|
If regions intersect,
|
|
the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, arc-mode,
|
|
subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PutImage" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PutImage
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdepth\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdst-x\fP, \fIdst-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIleft-pad\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIformat\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Bitmap ,
|
|
.PN XYPixmap ,
|
|
.PN ZPixmap }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdata\fP\^: LISTofBYTE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request combines an image with a rectangle of the drawable.
|
|
The dst-x and dst-y coordinates are relative to the drawable's origin.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If
|
|
.PN Bitmap
|
|
format is used,
|
|
then depth must be one (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results), and the image must be in XY format.
|
|
The foreground pixel in gc defines the source for bits set to 1 in the image,
|
|
and the background pixel defines the source for the bits set to 0.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN XYPixmap
|
|
and
|
|
.PN ZPixmap ,
|
|
the depth must match the depth of the drawable (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
For
|
|
.PN XYPixmap ,
|
|
the image must be sent in XY format.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN ZPixmap ,
|
|
the image must be sent in the Z format defined for the given depth.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The left-pad must be zero for
|
|
.PN ZPixmap
|
|
format (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Bitmap
|
|
and
|
|
.PN XYPixmap
|
|
format,
|
|
left-pad must be less than bitmap-scanline-pad as given in the server
|
|
connection setup information (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
The first left-pad bits in every scanline are to be ignored by the server.
|
|
The actual image begins that many bits into the data.
|
|
The width argument defines the width of the actual image
|
|
and does not include left-pad.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin,
|
|
clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetImage" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetImage
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIplane-mask\fP\^: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIformat\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { XYPixmap ,
|
|
.PN ZPixmap }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
depth: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
visual: VISUALID or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
data: LISTofBYTE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the contents of the given rectangle of the drawable in the
|
|
given format.
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the drawable's origin
|
|
and define the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN XYPixmap
|
|
is specified,
|
|
only the bit planes specified in plane-mask are transmitted,
|
|
with the planes appearing from most significant to least significant
|
|
in bit order.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN ZPixmap
|
|
is specified, then bits in all planes not specified in plane-mask are
|
|
transmitted as zero.
|
|
Range checking is not performed on plane-mask;
|
|
extraneous bits are simply ignored.
|
|
The returned depth is as specified when the drawable was created
|
|
and is the same as a depth component in a FORMAT structure (in the connection
|
|
setup), not a bits-per-pixel component.
|
|
If the drawable is a window,
|
|
its visual type is returned.
|
|
If the drawable is a pixmap,
|
|
the visual is
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the drawable is a pixmap,
|
|
then the given rectangle must be wholly contained within the pixmap (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
If the drawable is a window,
|
|
the window must be viewable,
|
|
and it must be the case that,
|
|
if there were no inferiors or overlapping windows,
|
|
the specified rectangle of the window would be fully visible on the screen
|
|
and wholly contained within the outside edges of the window (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
Note that the borders of the window can be included and read with this request.
|
|
If the window has a backing store,
|
|
then the backing-store contents are returned for regions of the window
|
|
that are obscured by noninferior windows;
|
|
otherwise, the returned contents of such obscured regions are undefined.
|
|
Also undefined are the returned contents of visible
|
|
regions of inferiors of different depth than the specified window.
|
|
The pointer cursor image is not included in the contents returned.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request is not general-purpose in the same sense as other
|
|
graphics-related requests.
|
|
It is intended specifically for rudimentary hardcopy support.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolyText8" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolyText8
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIitems\fP\^: LISTofTEXTITEM8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
where:
|
|
.TS
|
|
r l.
|
|
TEXTITEM8: TEXTELT8 or FONT
|
|
.br
|
|
TEXTELT8: [delta: INT8
|
|
.br
|
|
\ string: STRING8]
|
|
.TE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN Font ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the drawable's origin
|
|
and specify the baseline starting position (the initial character origin).
|
|
Each text item is processed in turn.
|
|
A font item causes the font to be stored in gc
|
|
and to be used for subsequent text.
|
|
Switching among fonts does not affect the next character origin.
|
|
A text element delta specifies an additional change in the position
|
|
along the x axis before the string is drawn;
|
|
the delta is always added to the character origin.
|
|
Each character image, as defined by the font in gc,
|
|
is treated as an additional mask for a fill operation on the drawable.
|
|
.LP
|
|
All contained FONTs are always transmitted most significant byte first.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If a
|
|
.PN Font
|
|
error is generated for an item,
|
|
the previous items may have been drawn.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing,
|
|
each STRING8 byte is interpreted as a byte2 value of a CHAR2B with a byte1
|
|
value of zero.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, font,
|
|
subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
|
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PolyText16" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PolyText16
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIitems\fP\^: LISTofTEXTITEM16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
where:
|
|
.TS
|
|
r l.
|
|
TEXTITEM16: TEXTELT16 or FONT
|
|
.br
|
|
TEXTELT16: [delta: INT8
|
|
.br
|
|
\ string: STRING16]
|
|
.TE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN Font ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request is similar to
|
|
.PN PolyText8 ,
|
|
except 2-byte (or 16-bit) characters are used.
|
|
For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,
|
|
the server will interpret each CHAR2B as a 16-bit number that
|
|
has been transmitted most significant byte first (that is, byte1 of the
|
|
CHAR2B is taken as the most significant byte).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ImageText8" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ImageText8
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstring\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the drawable's origin
|
|
and specify the baseline starting position (the initial character origin).
|
|
The effect is first to fill a destination rectangle with the background
|
|
pixel defined in gc and then to paint the text with the foreground pixel.
|
|
The upper-left corner of the filled rectangle is at:
|
|
.DS
|
|
[x, y \- font-ascent]
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
the width is:
|
|
.DS
|
|
overall-width
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
and the height is:
|
|
.DS
|
|
font-ascent + font-descent
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The overall-width, font-ascent, and font-descent are as
|
|
they would be returned by a
|
|
.PN QueryTextExtents
|
|
call using gc and string.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The function and fill-style defined in gc are ignored for this request.
|
|
The effective function is
|
|
.PN Copy ,
|
|
and the effective fill-style
|
|
.PN Solid .
|
|
.LP
|
|
For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing,
|
|
each STRING8 byte is interpreted as a byte2 value of a CHAR2B with a byte1
|
|
value of zero.
|
|
.LP
|
|
GC components: plane-mask, foreground, background, font,
|
|
subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, clip-mask
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ImageText16" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ImageText16
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIgc\fP\^: GCONTEXT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstring\fP\^: STRING16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN GContext ,
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request is similar to
|
|
.PN ImageText8 ,
|
|
except 2-byte (or 16-bit) characters are used.
|
|
For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing,
|
|
the server will interpret each CHAR2B as a 16-bit number that
|
|
has been transmitted most significant byte first (that is, byte1 of the
|
|
CHAR2B is taken as the most significant byte).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CreateColormap" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CreateColormap
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImid\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvisual\fP\^: VISUALID
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIalloc\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { None ,
|
|
.PN All }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value ,
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request creates a colormap of the specified visual type for the screen
|
|
on which the window resides and associates the identifier mid with it.
|
|
The visual type must be one supported by the screen (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
The initial values of the colormap entries are undefined for classes
|
|
.PN GrayScale ,
|
|
.PN PseudoColor ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN DirectColor .
|
|
For
|
|
.PN StaticGray ,
|
|
.PN StaticColor ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN TrueColor ,
|
|
the entries will have defined values,
|
|
but those values are specific to the visual and are not defined
|
|
by the core protocol.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN StaticGray ,
|
|
.PN StaticColor ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN TrueColor ,
|
|
alloc must be specified as
|
|
.PN None
|
|
(or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
For the other classes, if alloc is
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
the colormap initially has no allocated entries,
|
|
and clients can allocate entries.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If alloc is
|
|
.PN All ,
|
|
then the entire colormap is allocated writable.
|
|
The initial values of all allocated entries are undefined.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN GrayScale
|
|
and
|
|
.PN PseudoColor ,
|
|
the effect is as if an
|
|
.PN AllocColorCells
|
|
request returned all pixel values from zero to N \- 1,
|
|
where N is the colormap-entries value in the specified visual.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN DirectColor ,
|
|
the effect is as if an
|
|
.PN AllocColorPlanes
|
|
request returned a pixel value of zero and red-mask,
|
|
green-mask, and blue-mask values containing the same bits as the
|
|
corresponding masks in the specified visual.
|
|
However,
|
|
in all cases, none of these entries can be freed with
|
|
.PN FreeColors .
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "FreeColormap" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN FreeColormap
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Colormap
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request deletes the association between the resource ID and the colormap
|
|
and frees the colormap storage.
|
|
If the colormap is an installed map for a screen,
|
|
it is uninstalled (see
|
|
.PN UninstallColormap
|
|
request).
|
|
If the colormap is defined as the colormap for a window (by means of
|
|
.PN CreateWindow
|
|
or
|
|
.PN ChangeWindowAttributes ),
|
|
the colormap for the window is changed to
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
and a
|
|
.PN ColormapNotify
|
|
event is generated.
|
|
The protocol does not define the colors displayed for a window with a colormap of
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request has no effect on a default colormap for a screen.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CopyColormapAndFree" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CopyColormapAndFree
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImid\fP, \fIsrc-cmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request creates a colormap of the same visual type
|
|
and for the same screen as src-cmap,
|
|
and it associates identifier mid with it.
|
|
It also moves all of the client's existing allocations from src-cmap
|
|
to the new colormap with their color values intact
|
|
and their read-only or writable characteristics intact,
|
|
and it frees those entries in src-cmap.
|
|
Color values in other entries in the new colormap are undefined.
|
|
If src-cmap was created by the client with alloc
|
|
.PN All
|
|
(see
|
|
.PN CreateColormap
|
|
request),
|
|
then the new colormap is also created with alloc
|
|
.PN All ,
|
|
all color values for all entries are copied from src-cmap,
|
|
and then all entries in src-cmap are freed.
|
|
If src-cmap was not created by the client with alloc
|
|
.PN All ,
|
|
then the allocations to be moved are all those pixels and planes that have
|
|
been allocated by the client using either
|
|
.PN AllocColor ,
|
|
.PN AllocNamedColor ,
|
|
.PN AllocColorCells ,
|
|
or
|
|
.PN AllocColorPlanes
|
|
and that have not been freed since they were allocated.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "InstallColormap" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN InstallColormap
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Colormap
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request makes this colormap an installed map for its screen.
|
|
All windows associated with this colormap immediately display with true colors.
|
|
As a side effect,
|
|
additional colormaps might be implicitly installed
|
|
or uninstalled by the server.
|
|
Which other colormaps get installed or uninstalled is server-dependent
|
|
except that the required list must remain installed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If cmap is not already an installed map, a
|
|
.PN ColormapNotify
|
|
event is generated on every window having cmap as an attribute.
|
|
In addition,
|
|
for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a result
|
|
of the request, a
|
|
.PN ColormapNotify
|
|
event is generated on every window having that colormap as an attribute.
|
|
.LP
|
|
At any time, there is a subset of the installed maps that are viewed as an
|
|
ordered list and are called the required list.
|
|
The length of the required list is at most M,
|
|
where M is the min-installed-maps specified for the screen in the
|
|
connection setup.
|
|
The required list is maintained as follows.
|
|
When a colormap is an explicit argument to
|
|
.PN InstallColormap ,
|
|
it is added to the head of the list; the list is truncated at the
|
|
tail, if necessary, to keep the length of the list to at most M.
|
|
When a colormap is an explicit argument to
|
|
.PN UninstallColormap
|
|
and it is in the required list, it is removed from the list.
|
|
A colormap is not added to the required list when it is installed implicitly
|
|
by the server, and the server cannot implicitly uninstall a colormap that is
|
|
in the required list.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Initially the default colormap for a screen is installed (but is not in
|
|
the required list).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UninstallColormap" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UninstallColormap
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Colormap
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If cmap is on the required list for its screen (see
|
|
.PN InstallColormap
|
|
request),
|
|
it is removed from the list.
|
|
As a side effect,
|
|
cmap might be uninstalled,
|
|
and additional colormaps might be implicitly installed or uninstalled.
|
|
Which colormaps get installed or uninstalled is server-dependent
|
|
except that the required list must remain installed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If cmap becomes uninstalled, a
|
|
.PN ColormapNotify
|
|
event is generated on every window having cmap as an attribute.
|
|
In addition,
|
|
for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a result of
|
|
the request, a
|
|
.PN ColormapNotify
|
|
event is generated on every window having that colormap as an attribute.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ListInstalledColormaps" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ListInstalledColormaps
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
cmaps: LISTofCOLORMAP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Window
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns a list of the currently installed colormaps for the
|
|
screen of the specified window.
|
|
The order of colormaps is not significant,
|
|
and there is no explicit indication of the required list (see
|
|
.PN InstallColormap
|
|
request).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "AllocColor" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN AllocColor
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIred\fP, \fIgreen\fP, \fIblue\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
pixel: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
red, green, blue: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Colormap
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request allocates a read-only colormap entry corresponding to the closest
|
|
RGB values provided by the hardware.
|
|
It also returns the pixel and the RGB values actually used.
|
|
Multiple clients requesting the same effective RGB values can be assigned
|
|
the same read-only entry, allowing entries to be shared.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "AllocNamedColor" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN AllocNamedColor
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIname\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
pixel: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
exact-red, exact-green, exact-blue: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
visual-red, visual-green, visual-blue: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Name
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request looks up the named color with respect to the screen associated
|
|
with the colormap.
|
|
Then, it does an
|
|
.PN AllocColor
|
|
on cmap.
|
|
The name should use the ISO Latin-1 encoding,
|
|
and uppercase and lowercase do not matter.
|
|
The exact RGB values specify the true values for the color,
|
|
and the visual values specify the values actually used in the colormap.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "AllocColorCells" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN AllocColorCells
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcolors\fP, \fIplanes\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcontiguous\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
pixels, masks: LISTofCARD32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The number of colors must be positive,
|
|
and the number of planes must be nonnegative (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
If C colors and P planes are requested,
|
|
then C pixels and P masks are returned.
|
|
No mask will have any bits in common with any other mask
|
|
or with any of the pixels.
|
|
By ORing together masks and pixels,
|
|
C*%2 sup P% distinct pixels can be produced;
|
|
all of these are allocated writable by the request.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN GrayScale
|
|
or
|
|
.PN PseudoColor ,
|
|
each mask will have exactly one bit set to 1; for
|
|
.PN DirectColor ,
|
|
each will have exactly three bits set to 1.
|
|
If contiguous is
|
|
.PN True
|
|
and if all masks are ORed together,
|
|
a single contiguous set of bits will be formed for
|
|
.PN GrayScale
|
|
or
|
|
.PN PseudoColor ,
|
|
and three contiguous sets of bits (one within each pixel subfield) for
|
|
.PN DirectColor .
|
|
The RGB values of the allocated entries are undefined.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "AllocColorPlanes" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN AllocColorPlanes
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcolors\fP, \fIreds\fP, \fIgreens\fP, \fIblues\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcontiguous\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
pixels: LISTofCARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
red-mask, green-mask, blue-mask: CARD32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The number of colors must be positive,
|
|
and the reds, greens, and blues must be nonnegative (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
If C colors, R reds, G greens, and B blues are requested,
|
|
then C pixels are returned, and the masks have R, G, and B bits set,
|
|
respectively.
|
|
If contiguous is
|
|
.PN True ,
|
|
then each mask will have a contiguous set of bits.
|
|
No mask will have any bits in common with any other mask
|
|
or with any of the pixels.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN DirectColor ,
|
|
each mask will lie within the corresponding pixel subfield.
|
|
By ORing together subsets of masks with pixels,
|
|
C*%2 sup R+G+B% distinct pixels can be produced;
|
|
all of these are allocated writable by the request.
|
|
The initial RGB values of the allocated entries are undefined.
|
|
In the colormap,
|
|
there are only C*%2 sup R% independent red entries,
|
|
C*%2 sup G% independent green entries,
|
|
and C*%2 sup B% independent blue entries.
|
|
This is true even for
|
|
.PN PseudoColor .
|
|
When the colormap entry for a pixel value is changed using
|
|
.PN StoreColors
|
|
or
|
|
.PN StoreNamedColor ,
|
|
the pixel is decomposed according to the masks and the
|
|
corresponding independent entries are updated.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "FreeColors" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN FreeColors
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpixels\fP\^: LISTofCARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIplane-mask\fP\^: CARD32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Access ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The plane-mask should not have any bits in common with any of the
|
|
pixels.
|
|
The set of all pixels is produced by ORing together subsets of
|
|
plane-mask with the pixels.
|
|
The request frees all of these pixels that
|
|
were allocated by the client (using
|
|
.PN AllocColor ,
|
|
.PN AllocNamedColor ,
|
|
.PN AllocColorCells ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN AllocColorPlanes ).
|
|
Note that freeing an
|
|
individual pixel obtained from
|
|
.PN AllocColorPlanes
|
|
may not actually allow it to be reused until all of its related pixels
|
|
are also freed.
|
|
Similarly, a read-only entry is not actually freed until it has been
|
|
freed by all clients, and if a client allocates the same read-only entry
|
|
multiple times, it must free the entry that many times before the
|
|
entry is actually freed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
All specified pixels that are allocated by the client in cmap are freed,
|
|
even if one or more pixels produce an error.
|
|
A
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error is generated if a specified pixel is not a valid index into cmap.
|
|
An
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error is generated if a specified pixel is not allocated by the
|
|
client (that is, is unallocated or is only allocated by another client)
|
|
or if the colormap was created with all entries writable (using an alloc
|
|
value of
|
|
.PN All
|
|
in
|
|
.PN CreateColormap ).
|
|
If more than one pixel is in error,
|
|
it is arbitrary as to which pixel is reported.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "StoreColors" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN StoreColors
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIitems\fP\^: LISTofCOLORITEM
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
where:
|
|
.TS
|
|
l l.
|
|
COLORITEM: [pixel: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
\ do-red, do-green, do-blue: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\ red, green, blue: CARD16]
|
|
.TE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Access ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request changes the colormap entries of the specified pixels.
|
|
The do-red, do-green, and do-blue fields indicate which components
|
|
should actually be changed.
|
|
If the colormap is an installed map for its screen,
|
|
the changes are visible immediately.
|
|
.LP
|
|
All specified pixels that are allocated writable in cmap (by any client)
|
|
are changed, even if one or more pixels produce an error.
|
|
A
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error is generated if a specified pixel is not a valid index into cmap, and an
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error is generated if a specified pixel is unallocated or is allocated
|
|
read-only.
|
|
If more than one pixel is in error,
|
|
it is arbitrary as to which pixel is reported.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "StoreNamedColor" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN StoreNamedColor
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpixel\fP\^: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIname\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdo-red\fP, \fIdo-green\fP\^, \fIdo-blue\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Access ,
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Name ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request looks up the named color with respect to the screen associated
|
|
with cmap and then does a
|
|
.PN StoreColors
|
|
in cmap.
|
|
The name should use the ISO Latin-1 encoding,
|
|
and uppercase and lowercase do not matter.
|
|
The
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
errors are the same as in
|
|
.PN StoreColors .
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "QueryColors" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN QueryColors
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIpixels\fP\^: LISTofCARD32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
colors: LISTofRGB
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
where:
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
RGB: [red, green, blue: CARD16]
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the hardware-specific color values stored in cmap for
|
|
the specified pixels.
|
|
The values returned for an unallocated entry are undefined.
|
|
A
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error is generated if a pixel is not a valid index into cmap.
|
|
If more than one pixel is in error,
|
|
it is arbitrary as to which pixel is reported.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "LookupColor" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN LookupColor
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcmap\fP\^: COLORMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIname\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
exact-red, exact-green, exact-blue: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
visual-red, visual-green, visual-blue: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Colormap ,
|
|
.PN Name
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen
|
|
associated with cmap and returns both the exact color values and
|
|
the closest values provided by the hardware with respect to the visual
|
|
type of cmap.
|
|
The name should use the ISO Latin-1 encoding,
|
|
and uppercase and lowercase do not matter.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CreateCursor" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CreateCursor
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcid\fP\^: CURSOR
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsource\fP\^: PIXMAP
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImask\fP\^: PIXMAP or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIfore-red\fP, \fIfore-green\fP, \fIfore-blue\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIback-red\fP, \fIback-green\fP, \fIback-blue\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Pixmap
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request creates a cursor and associates identifier cid with it.
|
|
The foreground and background RGB values must be specified,
|
|
even if the server only has a
|
|
.PN StaticGray
|
|
or
|
|
.PN GrayScale
|
|
screen.
|
|
The foreground is used for the bits set to 1 in the source,
|
|
and the background is used for the bits set to 0.
|
|
Both source and mask (if specified) must have depth one (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results), but they can have any root.
|
|
The mask pixmap defines the shape of the cursor.
|
|
That is,
|
|
the bits set to 1 in the mask define which source pixels will be displayed,
|
|
and where the mask has bits set to 0,
|
|
the corresponding bits of the source pixmap are ignored.
|
|
If no mask is given,
|
|
all pixels of the source are displayed.
|
|
The mask, if present, must be the same size as the source (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
The x and y coordinates define the hotspot relative to the source's origin
|
|
and must be a point within the source (or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
.LP
|
|
The components of the cursor may be transformed arbitrarily to meet
|
|
display limitations.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The pixmaps can be freed immediately if no further explicit references
|
|
to them are to be made.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Subsequent drawing in the source or mask pixmap has an undefined effect
|
|
on the cursor.
|
|
The server might or might not make a copy of the pixmap.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CreateGlyphCursor" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CreateGlyphCursor
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcid\fP\^: CURSOR
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsource-font\fP\^: FONT
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImask-font\fP\^: FONT or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsource-char\fP, \fImask-char\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIfore-red\fP, \fIfore-green\fP, \fIfore-blue\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIback-red\fP, \fIback-green\fP, \fIback-blue\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Font ,
|
|
.PN IDChoice ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request is similar to
|
|
.PN CreateCursor ,
|
|
except the source and mask bitmaps are obtained from the specified font glyphs.
|
|
The source-char must be a defined glyph in source-font,
|
|
and if mask-font is given, mask-char must be a defined glyph in mask-font
|
|
(or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The mask font and character are optional.
|
|
The origins of the source and mask (if it is defined) glyphs
|
|
are positioned coincidently and define the hotspot.
|
|
The source and mask need not have the same bounding box metrics,
|
|
and there is no restriction on the placement of the hotspot relative
|
|
to the bounding boxes.
|
|
If no mask is given,
|
|
all pixels of the source are displayed.
|
|
Note that source-char and mask-char are CARD16, not CHAR2B.
|
|
For 2-byte matrix fonts,
|
|
the 16-bit value should be formed with byte1 in the most significant byte
|
|
and byte2 in the least significant byte.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The components of the cursor may be transformed arbitrarily to meet
|
|
display limitations.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The fonts can be freed immediately if no further explicit references to
|
|
them are to be made.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "FreeCursor" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN FreeCursor
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcursor\fP\^: CURSOR
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Cursor
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request deletes the association between the resource ID and the cursor.
|
|
The cursor storage will be freed when no other resource references it.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "RecolorCursor" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN RecolorCursor
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIcursor\fP\^: CURSOR
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIfore-red\fP, \fIfore-green\fP, \fIfore-blue\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIback-red\fP, \fIback-green\fP, \fIback-blue\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Cursor
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request changes the color of a cursor.
|
|
If the cursor is being displayed on a screen,
|
|
the change is visible immediately.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "QueryBestSize" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN QueryBestSize
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIclass\fP:
|
|
.Pn { Cursor ,
|
|
.PN Tile ,
|
|
.PN Stipple }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
width, height: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Drawable ,
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the best size that is closest to the argument size.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
this is the largest size that can be fully displayed.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Tile ,
|
|
this is the size that can be tiled fastest.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Stipple ,
|
|
this is the size that can be stippled fastest.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Cursor ,
|
|
the drawable indicates the desired screen.
|
|
For
|
|
.PN Tile
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Stipple ,
|
|
the drawable indicates the screen and also possibly the window class and depth.
|
|
An
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
window cannot be used as the drawable for
|
|
.PN Tile
|
|
or
|
|
.PN Stipple
|
|
(or a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error results).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "QueryExtension" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN QueryExtension
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIname\fP\^: STRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
present: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
major-opcode: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
first-event: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
first-error: CARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request determines if the named extension is present.
|
|
If so,
|
|
the major opcode for the extension is returned, if it has one.
|
|
Otherwise, zero is returned.
|
|
Any minor opcode and the request formats are specific to the extension.
|
|
If the extension involves additional event types,
|
|
the base event type code is returned.
|
|
Otherwise, zero is returned.
|
|
The format of the events is specific to the extension.
|
|
If the extension involves additional error codes,
|
|
the base error code is returned.
|
|
Otherwise, zero is returned.
|
|
The format of additional data in the errors is specific to the extension.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The extension name should use the ISO Latin-1 encoding,
|
|
and uppercase and lowercase matter.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ListExtensions" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ListExtensions
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
names: LISTofSTRING8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns a list of all extensions supported by the server.
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetModifierMapping" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetModifierMapping
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIkeycodes-per-modifier\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIkeycodes\fP\^: LISTofKEYCODE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
status:
|
|
.Pn { Success ,
|
|
.PN Busy ,
|
|
.PN Failed }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request specifies the keycodes (if any) of the keys to be used as
|
|
modifiers.
|
|
The number of keycodes in the list must be 8*keycodes-per-modifier (or a
|
|
.PN Length
|
|
error results).
|
|
The keycodes are divided into eight sets,
|
|
with each set containing keycodes-per-modifier elements.
|
|
The sets are assigned to the modifiers
|
|
.PN Shift ,
|
|
.PN Lock ,
|
|
.PN Control ,
|
|
.PN Mod1 ,
|
|
.PN Mod2 ,
|
|
.PN Mod3 ,
|
|
.PN Mod4 ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Mod5 ,
|
|
in order.
|
|
Only nonzero keycode values are used within each set;
|
|
zero values are ignored.
|
|
All of the nonzero keycodes must be in the range specified by min-keycode
|
|
and max-keycode in the connection setup (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The order of keycodes within a set does not matter.
|
|
If no nonzero values are specified in a set,
|
|
the use of the corresponding modifier is disabled,
|
|
and the modifier bit will always be zero.
|
|
Otherwise, the modifier bit will be one whenever
|
|
at least one of the keys in the corresponding set is in the down
|
|
position.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be changed (for example,
|
|
if certain keys do not generate up transitions in hardware,
|
|
if auto-repeat cannot be disabled on certain keys,
|
|
or if multiple keys per modifier are not supported).
|
|
The status reply is
|
|
.PN Failed
|
|
if some such restriction is violated,
|
|
and none of the modifiers is changed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the new nonzero keycodes specified for a modifier differ from those
|
|
currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that modifier are
|
|
logically in the down state, then the status reply is
|
|
.PN Busy ,
|
|
and none of the modifiers is changed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates a
|
|
.PN MappingNotify
|
|
event on a
|
|
.PN Success
|
|
status.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetModifierMapping" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetModifierMapping
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
keycodes-per-modifier: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
keycodes: LISTofKEYCODE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the keycodes of the keys being used as modifiers.
|
|
The number of keycodes in the list is 8*keycodes-per-modifier.
|
|
The keycodes are divided into eight sets,
|
|
with each set containing keycodes-per-modifier elements.
|
|
The sets are assigned to the modifiers
|
|
.PN Shift ,
|
|
.PN Lock ,
|
|
.PN Control ,
|
|
.PN Mod1 ,
|
|
.PN Mod2 ,
|
|
.PN Mod3 ,
|
|
.PN Mod4 ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Mod5 ,
|
|
in order.
|
|
The keycodes-per-modifier value is chosen arbitrarily by the server;
|
|
zeroes are used to fill in unused elements within each set.
|
|
If only zero values are given in a set,
|
|
the use of the corresponding modifier has been disabled.
|
|
The order of keycodes within each set is chosen arbitrarily by the server.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangeKeyboardMapping" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangeKeyboardMapping
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIfirst-keycode\fP\^: KEYCODE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIkeysyms-per-keycode\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIkeysyms\fP\^: LISTofKEYSYM
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Alloc ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request defines the symbols for the specified number of keycodes,
|
|
starting with the specified keycode.
|
|
The symbols for keycodes outside this range remained unchanged.
|
|
The number of elements in the keysyms list must be a multiple of
|
|
keysyms-per-keycode (or a
|
|
.PN Length
|
|
error results).
|
|
The first-keycode must be greater than or equal to min-keycode as returned
|
|
in the connection setup (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results) and:
|
|
.DS
|
|
first-keycode + (keysyms-length / keysyms-per-keycode) \- 1
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
must be less than or equal to max-keycode as returned in the connection
|
|
setup (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
KEYSYM number N (counting from zero) for keycode K has an index
|
|
(counting from zero) of:
|
|
.DS
|
|
(K \- first-keycode) * keysyms-per-keycode + N
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
in keysyms.
|
|
The keysyms-per-keycode can be chosen arbitrarily by the client
|
|
to be large enough to hold all desired symbols.
|
|
A special KEYSYM value of
|
|
.PN NoSymbol
|
|
should be used to fill in unused elements for individual keycodes.
|
|
It is legal for
|
|
.PN NoSymbol
|
|
to appear in nontrailing positions of the effective list for a keycode.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates a
|
|
.PN MappingNotify
|
|
event.
|
|
.LP
|
|
There is no requirement that the server interpret this mapping;
|
|
it is merely stored for reading and writing by clients (see section 5).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetKeyboardMapping" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetKeyboardMapping
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIfirst-keycode\fP\^: KEYCODE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcount\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
keysyms-per-keycode: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
keysyms: LISTofKEYSYM
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the symbols for the specified number of keycodes,
|
|
starting with the specified keycode.
|
|
The first-keycode must be greater than or equal to
|
|
min-keycode as returned in the connection setup (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results), and:
|
|
.DS
|
|
first-keycode + count \- 1
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
must be less than or equal to max-keycode as returned in the connection setup
|
|
(or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The number of elements in the keysyms list is:
|
|
.DS
|
|
count * keysyms-per-keycode
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
and KEYSYM number N (counting from zero) for keycode K has an index
|
|
(counting from zero) of:
|
|
.DS
|
|
(K \- first-keycode) * keysyms-per-keycode + N
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
in keysyms.
|
|
The keysyms-per-keycode value is chosen arbitrarily by the server
|
|
to be large enough to report all requested symbols.
|
|
A special KEYSYM value of
|
|
.PN NoSymbol
|
|
is used to fill in unused elements for individual keycodes.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangeKeyboardControl" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangeKeyboardControl
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-list\fP\^: LISTofVALUE
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Match ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request controls various aspects of the keyboard.
|
|
The value-mask and value-list specify which controls are to be changed.
|
|
The possible values are:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
l l.
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Control Type
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
key-click-percent
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT8
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
bell-percent
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT8
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
bell-pitch
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
bell-duration
|
|
T} T{
|
|
INT16
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
led
|
|
T} T{
|
|
CARD8
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
led-mode
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { On ,
|
|
.PN Off }
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
key
|
|
T} T{
|
|
KEYCODE
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
auto-repeat-mode
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { On ,
|
|
.PN Off ,
|
|
.PN Default }
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The key-click-percent sets the volume for key clicks between 0 (off) and
|
|
100 (loud) inclusive, if possible.
|
|
Setting to \-1 restores the default.
|
|
Other negative values generate a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The bell-percent sets the base volume for the bell between 0 (off) and 100
|
|
(loud) inclusive, if possible.
|
|
Setting to \-1 restores the default.
|
|
Other negative values generate a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The bell-pitch sets the pitch (specified in Hz) of the bell, if possible.
|
|
Setting to \-1 restores the default.
|
|
Other negative values generate a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The bell-duration sets the duration of the bell (specified in milliseconds),
|
|
if possible.
|
|
Setting to \-1 restores the default.
|
|
Other negative values generate a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If both led-mode and led are specified,
|
|
then the state of that LED is changed, if possible.
|
|
If only led-mode is specified,
|
|
then the state of all LEDs are changed, if possible.
|
|
At most 32 LEDs, numbered from one, are supported.
|
|
No standard interpretation of LEDs is defined.
|
|
It is a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error if an led is specified without an led-mode.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If both auto-repeat-mode and key are specified,
|
|
then the auto-repeat mode of that key is changed, if possible.
|
|
If only auto-repeat-mode is specified,
|
|
then the global auto-repeat mode for the entire keyboard is changed,
|
|
if possible, without affecting the per-key settings.
|
|
It is a
|
|
.PN Match
|
|
error if a key is specified without an auto-repeat-mode.
|
|
Each key has an individual mode of whether or not it should auto-repeat
|
|
and a default setting for that mode.
|
|
In addition, there is a global mode of whether auto-repeat should be
|
|
enabled or not and a default setting for that mode.
|
|
When the global mode is
|
|
.PN On ,
|
|
keys should obey their individual auto-repeat modes.
|
|
When the global mode is
|
|
.PN Off ,
|
|
no keys should auto-repeat.
|
|
An auto-repeating key generates alternating
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
and
|
|
.PN KeyRelease
|
|
events.
|
|
When a key is used as a modifier,
|
|
it is desirable for the key not to auto-repeat,
|
|
regardless of the auto-repeat setting for that key.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A bell generator connected with the console but not directly on the
|
|
keyboard is treated as if it were part of the keyboard.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The order in which controls are verified and altered is server-dependent.
|
|
If an error is generated,
|
|
a subset of the controls may have been altered.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetKeyboardControl" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetKeyboardControl
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
key-click-percent: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
bell-percent: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
bell-pitch: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
bell-duration: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
led-mask: CARD32
|
|
.br
|
|
global-auto-repeat:
|
|
.Pn { On ,
|
|
.PN Off }
|
|
.br
|
|
auto-repeats: LISTofCARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the current control values for the keyboard.
|
|
For the LEDs,
|
|
the least significant bit of led-mask corresponds to LED one,
|
|
and each one bit in led-mask indicates an LED that is lit.
|
|
The auto-repeats is a bit vector;
|
|
each one bit indicates that auto-repeat is enabled for the corresponding key.
|
|
The vector is represented as 32 bytes.
|
|
Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7,
|
|
with the least significant bit in the byte representing key 8N.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "Bell" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN Bell
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIpercent\fP\^: INT8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request rings the bell on the keyboard at a volume relative to the
|
|
base volume for the keyboard, if possible.
|
|
Percent can range from \-100 to 100 inclusive (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The volume at which the bell is rung when percent is nonnegative is:
|
|
.DS
|
|
base \- [(base * percent) / 100] + percent
|
|
.DE
|
|
.LP
|
|
When percent is negative, it is:
|
|
.DS
|
|
base + [(base * percent) / 100]
|
|
.DE
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetPointerMapping" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetPointerMapping
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImap\fP\^: LISTofCARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
status:
|
|
.Pn { Success ,
|
|
.PN Busy }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request sets the mapping of the pointer.
|
|
Elements of the list are indexed starting from one.
|
|
The length of the list must be the same as
|
|
.PN GetPointerMapping
|
|
would return (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
The index is a core button number,
|
|
and the element of the list defines the effective number.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A zero element disables a button.
|
|
Elements are not restricted in value by the number of physical buttons,
|
|
but no two elements can have the same nonzero value (or a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error results).
|
|
.LP
|
|
If any of the buttons to be altered are logically in the down state,
|
|
the status reply is
|
|
.PN Busy ,
|
|
and the mapping is not changed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request generates a
|
|
.PN MappingNotify
|
|
event on a
|
|
.PN Success
|
|
status.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetPointerMapping" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetPointerMapping
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
map: LISTofCARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the current mapping of the pointer.
|
|
Elements of the list are indexed starting from one.
|
|
The length of the list indicates the number of physical buttons.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The nominal mapping for a pointer is the identity mapping: map[i]=i.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangePointerControl" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangePointerControl
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdo-acceleration\fP, \fIdo-threshold\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIacceleration-numerator\fP, \fIacceleration-denominator\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIthreshold\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request defines how the pointer moves.
|
|
The acceleration is a multiplier for movement expressed as a fraction.
|
|
For example,
|
|
specifying 3/1 means the pointer moves three times as fast as normal.
|
|
The fraction can be rounded arbitrarily by the server.
|
|
Acceleration only takes effect if the pointer moves more than threshold
|
|
number of pixels at once and only applies to the amount beyond the threshold.
|
|
Setting a value to \-1 restores the default.
|
|
Other negative values generate a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error, as does a zero value for acceleration-denominator.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetPointerControl" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetPointerControl
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
acceleration-numerator, acceleration-denominator: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
threshold: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the current acceleration and threshold for the pointer.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetScreenSaver" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetScreenSaver
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fItimeout\fP, \fIinterval\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIprefer-blanking\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Yes ,
|
|
.PN No ,
|
|
.PN Default }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIallow-exposures\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Yes ,
|
|
.PN No ,
|
|
.PN Default }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The timeout and interval are specified in seconds;
|
|
setting a value to \-1 restores the default.
|
|
Other negative values generate a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error.
|
|
If the timeout value is zero,
|
|
screen-saver is disabled (but an activated screen-saver is not deactivated).
|
|
If the timeout value is nonzero,
|
|
screen-saver is enabled.
|
|
Once screen-saver is enabled,
|
|
if no input from the keyboard or pointer is generated for timeout seconds,
|
|
screen-saver is activated.
|
|
For each screen,
|
|
if blanking is preferred and the hardware supports video blanking,
|
|
the screen will simply go blank.
|
|
Otherwise,
|
|
if either exposures are allowed or the screen can be regenerated without
|
|
sending exposure events to clients,
|
|
the screen is changed in a server-dependent fashion to avoid phosphor burn.
|
|
Otherwise,
|
|
the state of the screens does not change, and screen-saver is not activated.
|
|
At the next keyboard or pointer input or at the next
|
|
.PN ForceScreenSaver
|
|
with mode
|
|
.PN Reset ,
|
|
screen-saver is deactivated, and all screen states are restored.
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the server-dependent screen-saver method is amenable to periodic change,
|
|
interval serves as a hint about how long the change period should be,
|
|
with zero hinting that no periodic change should be made.
|
|
Examples of ways to change the screen include scrambling the color map
|
|
periodically, moving an icon image about the screen periodically, or
|
|
tiling the screen with the root window background tile,
|
|
randomly reorigined periodically.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GetScreenSaver" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GetScreenSaver
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
timeout, interval: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
prefer-blanking:
|
|
.Pn { Yes ,
|
|
.PN No }
|
|
.br
|
|
allow-exposures:
|
|
.Pn { Yes ,
|
|
.PN No }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the current screen-saver control values.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ForceScreenSaver" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ForceScreenSaver
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Activate ,
|
|
.PN Reset }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If the mode is
|
|
.PN Activate
|
|
and screen-saver is currently deactivated,
|
|
then screen-saver is activated (even if screen-saver has been disabled with
|
|
a timeout value of zero).
|
|
If the mode is
|
|
.PN Reset
|
|
and screen-saver is currently enabled,
|
|
then screen-saver is deactivated (if it was activated),
|
|
and the activation timer is reset to its initial state
|
|
as if device input had just been received.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ChangeHosts" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ChangeHosts
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Insert ,
|
|
.PN Delete }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIhost\fP: HOST
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Access ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request adds or removes the specified host from the access control list.
|
|
When the access control mechanism is enabled and a client attempts to
|
|
establish a connection to the server,
|
|
the host on which the client resides must be in the access control list,
|
|
or the client must have been granted permission by a server-dependent
|
|
method, or the server will refuse the connection.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The client must reside on the same host as the server and/or have been granted
|
|
permission by a server-dependent method to execute this request (or an
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error results).
|
|
.LP
|
|
An initial access control list can usually be specified,
|
|
typically by naming a file that the server reads at startup and reset.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The following address families are defined.
|
|
A server is not required to support these families
|
|
and may support families not listed here.
|
|
Use of an unsupported family, an improper address format,
|
|
or an improper address length within a supported family results in a
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
error.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For the Internet family,
|
|
the address must be four bytes long.
|
|
The address bytes are in standard IP order;
|
|
the server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes.
|
|
The Internet family supports IP version 4 addresses only.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For the InternetV6 family, the address must be sixteen bytes
|
|
long. The address bytes are in standard IP order; the
|
|
server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes.
|
|
The InternetV6 family supports IP version 6 addresses only.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For the DECnet family,
|
|
the server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes.
|
|
A Phase IV address is two bytes long:
|
|
the first byte contains the least significant eight bits of the node number,
|
|
and the second byte contains the most significant two bits of the node number in
|
|
the least significant two bits of the byte and the area in the most
|
|
significant six bits of the byte.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For the Chaos family,
|
|
the address must be two bytes long.
|
|
The host number is always the first byte in the address,
|
|
and the subnet number is always the second byte.
|
|
The server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For the ServerInterpreted family, the address may be of any
|
|
length up to 65535 bytes. The address consists of two strings
|
|
of ASCII characters, separated by a byte with a value of 0.
|
|
The first string represents the type of address, and the second
|
|
string contains the address value. Address types and the syntax
|
|
for their associated values will be registered via the X.Org Registry.
|
|
Implementors who wish to add implementation specific types may register
|
|
a unique prefix with the X.Org registry to prevent namespace
|
|
collisions.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Use of a host address in the ChangeHosts request is deprecated. It is
|
|
only useful when a host has a unique, constant address, a requirement
|
|
that is increasingly unmet as sites adopt dynamically assigned
|
|
addresses, network address translation gateways, IPv6 link local
|
|
addresses, and various other technologies. It also assumes all users of
|
|
a host share equivalent access rights, and as such has never been
|
|
suitable for many multi-user machine environments. Instead, more
|
|
secure forms of authentication, such as those based on shared secrets
|
|
or public key encryption, are recommended.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ListHosts" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ListHosts
|
|
.LP
|
|
\(->
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
mode:
|
|
.Pn { Enabled ,
|
|
.PN Disabled }
|
|
.br
|
|
hosts: LISTofHOST
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request returns the hosts on the access control list
|
|
and whether use of the list at connection setup is currently
|
|
enabled or disabled.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Each HOST is padded to a multiple of four bytes.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetAccessControl" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetAccessControl
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Enable ,
|
|
.PN Disable }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Access ,
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request enables or disables the use of the access control list
|
|
at connection setups.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The client must reside on the same host as the server
|
|
and/or have been granted permission by a server-dependent method
|
|
to execute this request (or an
|
|
.PN Access
|
|
error results).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SetCloseDownMode" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SetCloseDownMode
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fImode\fP:
|
|
.Pn { Destroy ,
|
|
.PN RetainPermanent ,
|
|
.PN RetainTemporary }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request defines what will happen to the client's resources
|
|
at connection close.
|
|
A connection starts in
|
|
.PN Destroy
|
|
mode.
|
|
The meaning of the close-down mode is described in section 10.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "KillClient" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN KillClient
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIresource\fP\^: CARD32 or
|
|
.PN AllTemporary
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
Errors:
|
|
.PN Value
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If a valid resource is specified,
|
|
.PN KillClient
|
|
forces a close-down of the client that created the resource.
|
|
If the client has already terminated in either
|
|
.PN RetainPermanent
|
|
or
|
|
.PN RetainTemporary
|
|
mode, all of the client's resources are destroyed (see section 10).
|
|
If
|
|
.PN AllTemporary
|
|
is specified,
|
|
then the resources of all clients that have terminated in
|
|
.PN RetainTemporary
|
|
are destroyed.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "NoOperation" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN NoOperation
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request has no arguments and no results,
|
|
but the request length field
|
|
allows the request to be any multiple of four bytes in length.
|
|
The bytes contained in the request are uninterpreted by the server.
|
|
.LP
|
|
This request can be used in its minimum four byte form as padding where
|
|
necessary by client libraries that find it convenient to force requests
|
|
to begin on 64-bit boundaries.
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Connection Close
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Connection Close
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
At connection close,
|
|
all event selections made by the client are discarded.
|
|
If the client has the pointer actively grabbed, an
|
|
.PN UngrabPointer
|
|
is performed.
|
|
If the client has the keyboard actively grabbed, an
|
|
.PN UngrabKeyboard
|
|
is performed.
|
|
All passive grabs by the client are released.
|
|
If the client has the server grabbed, an
|
|
.PN UngrabServer
|
|
is performed.
|
|
All selections (see
|
|
.PN SetSelectionOwner
|
|
request)
|
|
owned by the client are disowned.
|
|
If close-down mode (see
|
|
.PN SetCloseDownMode
|
|
request) is
|
|
.PN RetainPermanent
|
|
or
|
|
.PN RetainTemporary ,
|
|
then all resources (including colormap entries)
|
|
allocated by the client are marked as permanent or temporary,
|
|
respectively (but this does not prevent other clients from explicitly
|
|
destroying them).
|
|
If the mode is
|
|
.PN Destroy ,
|
|
all of the client's resources are destroyed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When a client's resources are destroyed,
|
|
for each window in the client's save-set,
|
|
if the window is an inferior of a window created by the client,
|
|
the save-set window is reparented to the closest ancestor such that
|
|
the save-set window is not an inferior of a window created by the client.
|
|
If the save-set window is unmapped, a
|
|
.PN MapWindow
|
|
request is performed on it (even if it was not an inferior
|
|
of a window created by the client).
|
|
The reparenting leaves unchanged the absolute coordinates
|
|
(with respect to the root window) of the upper-left outer corner of the
|
|
save-set window.
|
|
After save-set processing,
|
|
all windows created by the client are destroyed.
|
|
For each nonwindow resource created by the client,
|
|
the appropriate
|
|
.PN Free
|
|
request is performed.
|
|
All colors and colormap entries allocated by the client are freed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
A server goes through a cycle of having no connections and having some
|
|
connections.
|
|
At every transition to the state of having no connections
|
|
as a result of a connection closing with a
|
|
.PN Destroy
|
|
close-down mode,
|
|
the server resets its state as if it had just been started.
|
|
This starts by destroying all lingering resources from clients
|
|
that have terminated in
|
|
.PN RetainPermanent
|
|
or
|
|
.PN RetainTemporary
|
|
mode.
|
|
It additionally includes deleting all but the predefined atom identifiers,
|
|
deleting all properties on all root windows, resetting all device maps and
|
|
attributes (key click, bell volume, acceleration), resetting the access
|
|
control list, restoring the standard root tiles and cursors, restoring
|
|
the default font path, and restoring the input focus to state
|
|
.PN PointerRoot .
|
|
.LP
|
|
Note that closing a connection with a close-down mode of
|
|
.PN RetainPermanent
|
|
or
|
|
.PN RetainTemporary
|
|
will not cause the server to reset.
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Events
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Events
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
When a button press is processed with the pointer in some window W
|
|
and no active pointer grab is in progress,
|
|
the ancestors of W are searched from the root down,
|
|
looking for a passive grab to activate.
|
|
If no matching passive grab on the button exists,
|
|
then an active grab is started automatically for the client receiving the event,
|
|
and the last-pointer-grab time is set to the current server time.
|
|
The effect is essentially equivalent to a
|
|
.PN GrabButton
|
|
with arguments:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
lw(2.25i) lw(3.25i).
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Argument Value
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
event-window
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Event window
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
event-mask
|
|
T} T{
|
|
Client's selected pointer events on the event window
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
pointer-mode and keyboard-mode
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN Asynchronous
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
owner-events
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN True
|
|
if the client has
|
|
.PN OwnerGrabButton
|
|
selected on the event window, otherwise
|
|
.PN False
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
confine-to
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN None
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
cursor
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.PN None
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
The grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the pointer
|
|
has all buttons released.
|
|
.PN UngrabPointer
|
|
and
|
|
.PN ChangeActivePointerGrab
|
|
can both be used to modify the active grab.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "KeyPress" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
.br
|
|
.IN "KeyRelease" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN KeyRelease
|
|
.br
|
|
.IN "ButtonPress" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ButtonPress
|
|
.br
|
|
.IN "ButtonRelease" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ButtonRelease
|
|
.br
|
|
.IN "MotionNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN MotionNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIroot\fP, \fIevent\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIchild\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsame-screen\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIroot-x\fP, \fIroot-y\fP, \fIevent-x\fP, \fIevent-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdetail\fP\^: <see below>
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstate\fP\^: SETofKEYBUTMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
These events are generated either when a key or button logically changes state
|
|
or when the pointer logically moves.
|
|
The generation of these logical changes may lag the physical changes
|
|
if device event processing is frozen.
|
|
Note that
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
and
|
|
.PN KeyRelease
|
|
are generated for all keys, even those mapped to modifier bits.
|
|
The source of the event is the window the pointer is in.
|
|
The window the event is reported with respect to is called the event window.
|
|
The event window is found by starting with the source window and
|
|
looking up the hierarchy for the first window on which any client has selected
|
|
interest in the event (provided no intervening window prohibits event
|
|
generation by including the event type in its do-not-propagate-mask).
|
|
The actual window used for reporting can be modified by active grabs and,
|
|
in the case of keyboard events, can be modified by the focus window.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The root is the root window of the source window,
|
|
and root-x and root-y are the pointer coordinates relative to root's origin
|
|
at the time of the event.
|
|
Event is the event window.
|
|
If the event window is on the same screen as root,
|
|
then event-x and event-y are the pointer coordinates relative to the
|
|
event window's origin.
|
|
Otherwise, event-x and event-y are zero.
|
|
If the source window is an inferior of the event window,
|
|
then child is set to the child of the event window that is an
|
|
ancestor of (or is) the source window.
|
|
Otherwise, it is set to
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
The state component gives the logical state of the buttons and modifier keys
|
|
just before the event.
|
|
The detail component type varies with the event type:
|
|
.TS H
|
|
l l.
|
|
_
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
.B
|
|
Event Component
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TH
|
|
.R
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN KeyPress ,
|
|
.PN KeyRelease
|
|
T} T{
|
|
KEYCODE
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN ButtonPress ,
|
|
.PN ButtonRelease
|
|
T} T{
|
|
BUTTON
|
|
T}
|
|
T{
|
|
.PN MotionNotify
|
|
T} T{
|
|
.Pn { Normal ,
|
|
.PN Hint }
|
|
T}
|
|
.sp 6p
|
|
_
|
|
.TE
|
|
.LP
|
|
.PN MotionNotify
|
|
events are only generated when the motion begins and ends in the window.
|
|
The granularity of motion events is not guaranteed,
|
|
but a client selecting for motion events is guaranteed to get at least one
|
|
event when the pointer moves and comes to rest.
|
|
Selecting
|
|
.PN PointerMotion
|
|
receives events independent of the state of the pointer buttons.
|
|
By selecting some subset of
|
|
.PN Button[1-5]Motion
|
|
instead,
|
|
.PN MotionNotify
|
|
events will only be received when one or more of the
|
|
specified buttons are pressed.
|
|
By selecting
|
|
.PN ButtonMotion ,
|
|
.PN MotionNotify
|
|
events will be received only when at least one button is pressed.
|
|
The events are always of type
|
|
.PN MotionNotify ,
|
|
independent of the selection.
|
|
If
|
|
.PN PointerMotionHint
|
|
is selected,
|
|
the server is free to send only one
|
|
.PN MotionNotify
|
|
event (with detail
|
|
.PN Hint )
|
|
to the client for the event window until
|
|
either the key or button state changes,
|
|
the pointer leaves the event window,
|
|
or the client issues a
|
|
.PN QueryPointer
|
|
or
|
|
.PN GetMotionEvents
|
|
request.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "EnterNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
.br
|
|
.IN "LeaveNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIroot\fP, \fIevent\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIchild\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsame-screen\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIroot-x\fP, \fIroot-y\fP, \fIevent-x\fP, \fIevent-y\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Normal ,
|
|
.PN Grab ,
|
|
.PN Ungrab }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdetail\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Ancestor ,
|
|
.PN Virtual ,
|
|
.PN Inferior ,
|
|
.PN Nonlinear ,
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIfocus\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstate\fP\^: SETofKEYBUTMASK
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
If pointer motion or window hierarchy change causes the pointer to be
|
|
in a different window than before,
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events are generated instead of a
|
|
.PN MotionNotify
|
|
event.
|
|
Only clients selecting
|
|
.PN EnterWindow
|
|
on a window receive
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
events, and only clients selecting
|
|
.PN LeaveWindow
|
|
receive
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events.
|
|
The pointer position reported in the event is always the final position,
|
|
not the initial position of the pointer.
|
|
The root is the root window for this position,
|
|
and root-x and root-y are the pointer coordinates relative to root's
|
|
origin at the time of the event.
|
|
Event is the event window.
|
|
If the event window is on the same screen as root,
|
|
then event-x and event-y are the pointer coordinates relative
|
|
to the event window's origin.
|
|
Otherwise, event-x and event-y are zero.
|
|
In a
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
event, if a child of the event window contains the initial position of the
|
|
pointer, then the child component is set to that child.
|
|
Otherwise, it is
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
For an
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
event, if a child of the event window contains the final pointer position,
|
|
then the child component is set to that child.
|
|
Otherwise, it is
|
|
.PN None .
|
|
If the event window is the focus window or an inferior of the focus window,
|
|
then focus is
|
|
.PN True .
|
|
Otherwise, focus is
|
|
.PN False .
|
|
.LP
|
|
Normal pointer motion events have mode
|
|
.PN Normal .
|
|
Pseudo-motion events when a grab activates have mode
|
|
.PN Grab ,
|
|
and pseudo-motion events when a grab deactivates have mode
|
|
.PN Ungrab .
|
|
.LP
|
|
All
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events caused by a hierarchy change are generated after any hierarchy event
|
|
caused by that change (that is,
|
|
.PN UnmapNotify ,
|
|
.PN MapNotify ,
|
|
.PN ConfigureNotify ,
|
|
.PN GravityNotify ,
|
|
.PN CirculateNotify ),
|
|
but the ordering of
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events with respect to
|
|
.PN FocusOut ,
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events is not constrained.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Normal events are generated as follows:
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the pointer moves from window A to window B and A is an inferior
|
|
of B:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Ancestor
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Virtual
|
|
is generated on each window between A and B exclusive (in that order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Inferior
|
|
is generated on B.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the pointer moves from window A to window B and B is an inferior
|
|
of A:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Inferior
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Virtual
|
|
is generated on each window between A and B exclusive (in that order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Ancestor
|
|
is generated on B.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the pointer moves from window A to window B and window C is
|
|
their least common ancestor:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window between A and C exclusive (in that order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window between C and B exclusive (in that order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on B.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the pointer moves from window A to window B on different screens:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If A is not a root window,
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window above A up to and including its root (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If B is not a root window,
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window from B's root down to but not including B
|
|
(in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on B.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When a pointer grab activates (but after any initial warp into a confine-to
|
|
window and before generating any actual
|
|
.PN ButtonPress
|
|
event that activates the grab),
|
|
G is the grab-window for the grab, and P is the window the pointer is in:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events with mode
|
|
.PN Grab
|
|
are generated (as for
|
|
.PN Normal
|
|
above) as if the pointer were to suddenly warp from its current
|
|
position in P to some position in G.
|
|
However, the pointer does not warp,
|
|
and the pointer position is used as both the initial
|
|
and final positions for the events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When a pointer grab deactivates (but after generating any actual
|
|
.PN ButtonRelease
|
|
event that deactivates the grab), G is the grab-window for
|
|
the grab, and P is the window the pointer is in:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events with mode
|
|
.PN Ungrab
|
|
are generated (as for
|
|
.PN Normal
|
|
above) as if the pointer were to suddenly warp from
|
|
some position in G to its current position in P.
|
|
However, the pointer does not warp,
|
|
and the current pointer position is used as both the initial
|
|
and final positions for the events.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "FocusIn" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
.br
|
|
.IN "FocusOut" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Normal ,
|
|
.PN WhileGrabbed ,
|
|
.PN Grab ,
|
|
.PN Ungrab }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdetail\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Ancestor ,
|
|
.PN Virtual ,
|
|
.PN Inferior ,
|
|
.PN Nonlinear ,
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual ,
|
|
.PN Pointer ,
|
|
.br
|
|
\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
|
|
.PN PointerRoot ,
|
|
.PN None }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
These events are generated when the input focus changes
|
|
and are reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN FocusChange
|
|
on the window.
|
|
Events generated by
|
|
.PN SetInputFocus
|
|
when the keyboard is not grabbed have mode
|
|
.PN Normal .
|
|
Events generated by
|
|
.PN SetInputFocus
|
|
when the keyboard is grabbed have mode
|
|
.PN WhileGrabbed .
|
|
Events generated when a keyboard grab activates have mode
|
|
.PN Grab ,
|
|
and events generated when a keyboard grab deactivates have mode
|
|
.PN Ungrab .
|
|
.LP
|
|
All
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
events caused by a window unmap are generated after any
|
|
.PN UnmapNotify
|
|
event, but the ordering of
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with respect to generated
|
|
.PN EnterNotify ,
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify ,
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events is not constrained.
|
|
.LP
|
|
.PN Normal
|
|
and
|
|
.PN WhileGrabbed
|
|
events are generated as follows:
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the focus moves from window A to window B, A is an inferior of B,
|
|
and the pointer is in window P:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Ancestor
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Virtual
|
|
is generated on each window between A and B exclusive (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Inferior
|
|
is generated on B.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If P is an inferior of B
|
|
but P is not A or an inferior of A or an ancestor of A,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window below B down to and including P (in order).
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the focus moves from window A to window B, B is an inferior of A,
|
|
and the pointer is in window P:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If P is an inferior of A
|
|
but P is not an inferior of B or an ancestor of B,
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window from P up to but not including A (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Inferior
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Virtual
|
|
is generated on each window between A and B exclusive (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Ancestor
|
|
is generated on B.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the focus moves from window A to window B, window C is their
|
|
least common ancestor, and the pointer is in window P:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If P is an inferior of A,
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window from P up to but not including A (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window between A and C exclusive (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window between C and B exclusive (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on B.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If P is an inferior of B,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window below B down to and including P (in order).
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the focus moves from window A to window B on different screens
|
|
and the pointer is in window P:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If P is an inferior of A,
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window from P up to but not including A (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If A is not a root window,
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window above A up to and including its root (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If B is not a root window,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window from B's root down to but not including B
|
|
(in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on B.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If P is an inferior of B,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window below B down to and including P (in order).
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the focus moves from window A to
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
(or
|
|
.PN None )
|
|
and the pointer is in window P:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If P is an inferior of A,
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window from P up to but not including A (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If A is not a root window,
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window above A up to and including its root (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
(or
|
|
.PN None )
|
|
is generated on all root windows.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If the new focus is
|
|
.PN PointerRoot ,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window from P's root down to and including P (in order).
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the focus moves from
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
(or
|
|
.PN None )
|
|
to window A and the pointer is in window P:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If the old focus is
|
|
.PN PointerRoot ,
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window from P up to and including P's root (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
(or
|
|
.PN None )
|
|
is generated on all root windows.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If A is not a root window,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN NonlinearVirtual
|
|
is generated on each window from A's root down to but not including A
|
|
(in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Nonlinear
|
|
is generated on A.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If P is an inferior of A,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window below A down to and including P (in order).
|
|
.LP
|
|
When the focus moves from
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
to
|
|
.PN None
|
|
(or vice versa) and the pointer is in window P:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If the old focus is
|
|
.PN PointerRoot ,
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window from P up to and including P's root (in order).
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN PointerRoot
|
|
(or
|
|
.PN None )
|
|
is generated on all root windows.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN None
|
|
(or
|
|
.PN PointerRoot )
|
|
is generated on all root windows.
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
If the new focus is
|
|
.PN PointerRoot ,
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
with detail
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
is generated on each window from P's root down to and including P (in order).
|
|
.LP
|
|
When a keyboard grab activates (but before generating any actual
|
|
.PN KeyPress
|
|
event that activates the grab), G is the grab-window for the grab,
|
|
and F is the current focus:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
and
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
events with mode
|
|
.PN Grab
|
|
are generated (as for
|
|
.PN Normal
|
|
above) as if the focus were to change from F to G.
|
|
.LP
|
|
When a keyboard grab deactivates (but after generating any actual
|
|
.PN KeyRelease
|
|
event that deactivates the grab), G is the grab-window for the grab,
|
|
and F is the current focus:
|
|
.IP \(bu 5
|
|
.PN FocusIn
|
|
and
|
|
.PN FocusOut
|
|
events with mode
|
|
.PN Ungrab
|
|
are generated (as for
|
|
.PN Normal
|
|
above) as if the focus were to change from G to F.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "KeymapNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN KeymapNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIkeys\fP\^: LISTofCARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
The value is a bit vector as described in
|
|
.PN QueryKeymap .
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN KeymapState
|
|
on a window and is generated immediately after every
|
|
.PN EnterNotify
|
|
and
|
|
.PN FocusIn .
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "Expose" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcount\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN Exposure
|
|
on the window.
|
|
It is generated when no valid contents are available for regions of a window,
|
|
and either the regions are visible, the regions are viewable
|
|
and the server is (perhaps newly) maintaining backing store on the window,
|
|
or the window is not viewable but the server is (perhaps newly) honoring
|
|
window's backing-store attribute of
|
|
.PN Always
|
|
or
|
|
.PN WhenMapped .
|
|
The regions are decomposed into an arbitrary set of rectangles,
|
|
and an
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
event is generated for each rectangle.
|
|
.LP
|
|
For a given action causing exposure events,
|
|
the set of events for a given window are guaranteed to be reported contiguously.
|
|
If count is zero,
|
|
then no more
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events for this window follow.
|
|
If count is nonzero,
|
|
then at least that many more
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events for this window follow (and possibly more).
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to window's origin
|
|
and specify the upper-left corner of a rectangle.
|
|
The width and height specify the extent of the rectangle.
|
|
.LP
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events are never generated on
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
windows.
|
|
.LP
|
|
All
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events caused by a hierarchy change are generated after any
|
|
hierarchy event caused by that change (for example,
|
|
.PN UnmapNotify ,
|
|
.PN MapNotify ,
|
|
.PN ConfigureNotify ,
|
|
.PN GravityNotify ,
|
|
.PN CirculateNotify ).
|
|
All
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events on a given window are generated after any
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify
|
|
event on that window,
|
|
but it is not required that all
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events on all windows be generated after all
|
|
.PN Visibilitity
|
|
events on all windows.
|
|
The ordering of
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events with respect to
|
|
.PN FocusOut ,
|
|
.PN EnterNotify ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events is not constrained.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GraphicsExposure" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GraphicsExposure
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcount\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImajor-opcode\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIminor-opcode\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to a client using a graphics context
|
|
with graphics-exposures selected
|
|
and is generated when a destination region could not be computed due
|
|
to an obscured or out-of-bounds source region.
|
|
All of the regions exposed by a given graphics request
|
|
are guaranteed to be reported contiguously.
|
|
If count is zero then no more
|
|
.PN GraphicsExposure
|
|
events for this window follow.
|
|
If count is nonzero,
|
|
then at least that many more
|
|
.PN GraphicsExposure
|
|
events for this window follow (and possibly more).
|
|
.LP
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to drawable's origin
|
|
and specify the upper-left corner of a rectangle.
|
|
The width and height specify the extent of the rectangle.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The major and minor opcodes identify the graphics request used.
|
|
For the core protocol,
|
|
major-opcode is always
|
|
.PN CopyArea
|
|
or
|
|
.PN CopyPlane ,
|
|
and minor-opcode is always zero.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "NoExposure" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN NoExposure
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIdrawable\fP\^: DRAWABLE
|
|
.br
|
|
\fImajor-opcode\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIminor-opcode:\fP\^ CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to a client using a graphics context
|
|
with graphics-exposures selected
|
|
and is generated when a graphics request
|
|
that might produce
|
|
.PN GraphicsExposure
|
|
events does not produce any.
|
|
The drawable specifies the destination used for the graphics request.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The major and minor opcodes identify the graphics request used.
|
|
For the core protocol,
|
|
major-opcode is always
|
|
.PN CopyArea
|
|
or
|
|
.PN CopyPlane ,
|
|
and the minor-opcode is always zero.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "VisibilityNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstate\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Unobscured ,
|
|
.PN PartiallyObscured ,
|
|
.PN FullyObscured }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN VisibilityChange
|
|
on the window.
|
|
In the following,
|
|
the state of the window is calculated ignoring all of the window's subwindows.
|
|
When a window changes state from partially or fully obscured or
|
|
not viewable to viewable and completely unobscured,
|
|
an event with
|
|
.PN Unobscured
|
|
is generated.
|
|
When a window changes state from viewable and completely unobscured,
|
|
from viewable and completely obscured,
|
|
or from not viewable, to viewable and partially obscured,
|
|
an event with
|
|
.PN PartiallyObscured
|
|
is generated.
|
|
When a window changes state from viewable and completely unobscured,
|
|
from viewable and partially obscured,
|
|
or from not viewable to viewable and fully obscured,
|
|
an event with
|
|
.PN FullyObscured
|
|
is generated.
|
|
.LP
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify
|
|
events are never generated on
|
|
.PN InputOnly
|
|
windows.
|
|
.LP
|
|
All
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify
|
|
events caused by a hierarchy change are generated after any hierarchy event
|
|
caused by that change (for example,
|
|
.PN UnmapNotify ,
|
|
.PN MapNotify ,
|
|
.PN ConfigureNotify ,
|
|
.PN GravityNotify ,
|
|
.PN CirculateNotify ).
|
|
Any
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify
|
|
event on a given window is generated before any
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events on that window,
|
|
but it is not required that all
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify
|
|
events on all windows be generated before all
|
|
.PN Expose
|
|
events on all windows.
|
|
The ordering of
|
|
.PN VisibilityNotify
|
|
events with respect to
|
|
.PN FocusOut ,
|
|
.PN EnterNotify ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN LeaveNotify
|
|
events is not constrained.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CreateNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CreateNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIparent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIborder-width\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIoverride-redirect\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify
|
|
on the parent
|
|
and is generated when the window is created.
|
|
The arguments are as in the
|
|
.PN CreateWindow
|
|
request.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "DestroyNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN DestroyNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN StructureNotify
|
|
on the window and to clients selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify
|
|
on the parent.
|
|
It is generated when the window is destroyed.
|
|
The event is the window on which the event was generated,
|
|
and the window is the window that is destroyed.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The ordering of the
|
|
.PN DestroyNotify
|
|
events is such that for any given window,
|
|
.PN DestroyNotify
|
|
is generated on all inferiors of the window
|
|
before being generated on the window itself.
|
|
The ordering among siblings and across subhierarchies is not
|
|
otherwise constrained.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "UnmapNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN UnmapNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIfrom-configure\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN StructureNotify
|
|
on the window and to clients selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify
|
|
on the parent.
|
|
It is generated when the window changes state from mapped to unmapped.
|
|
The event is the window on which the event was generated,
|
|
and the window is the window that is unmapped.
|
|
The from-configure flag is
|
|
.PN True
|
|
if the event was generated as a result of the window's parent being resized
|
|
when the window itself had a win-gravity of
|
|
.PN Unmap .
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "MapNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN MapNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIoverride-redirect\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN StructureNotify
|
|
on the window and to clients selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify
|
|
on the parent.
|
|
It is generated when the window changes state from unmapped to mapped.
|
|
The event is the window on which the event was generated,
|
|
and the window is the window that is mapped.
|
|
The override-redirect flag is from the window's attribute.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "MapRequest" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN MapRequest
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIparent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to the client selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect
|
|
on the parent and is generated when a
|
|
.PN MapWindow
|
|
request is issued on an unmapped window with an override-redirect attribute of
|
|
.PN False .
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ReparentNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ReparentNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent\fP, \fIwindow\fP, \fIparent\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIoverride-redirect\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify
|
|
on either the old or the new parent and to clients selecting
|
|
.PN StructureNotify
|
|
on the window.
|
|
It is generated when the window is reparented.
|
|
The event is the window on which the event was generated.
|
|
The window is the window that has been rerooted.
|
|
The parent specifies the new parent.
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the new parent's origin
|
|
and specify the position of the upper-left outer corner of the window.
|
|
The override-redirect flag is from the window's attribute.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ConfigureNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ConfigureNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIborder-width\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIabove-sibling\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIoverride-redirect\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN StructureNotify
|
|
on the window and to clients selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify
|
|
on the parent.
|
|
It is generated when a
|
|
.PN ConfigureWindow
|
|
request actually changes the state of the window.
|
|
The event is the window on which the event was generated,
|
|
and the window is the window that is changed.
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the new parent's origin
|
|
and specify the position of the upper-left outer corner of the window.
|
|
The width and height specify the inside size, not including the border.
|
|
If above-sibling is
|
|
.PN None ,
|
|
then the window is on the bottom of the stack with respect to siblings.
|
|
Otherwise, the window is immediately on top of the specified sibling.
|
|
The override-redirect flag is from the window's attribute.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "GravityNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN GravityNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify
|
|
on the parent and to clients selecting
|
|
.PN StructureNotify
|
|
on the window.
|
|
It is generated when a window is moved because of a change in size
|
|
of the parent.
|
|
The event is the window on which the event was generated,
|
|
and the window is the window that is moved.
|
|
The x and y coordinates are relative to the new parent's origin
|
|
and specify the position of the upper-left outer corner of the window.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ResizeRequest" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ResizeRequest
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to the client selecting
|
|
.PN ResizeRedirect
|
|
on the window and is generated when a
|
|
.PN ConfigureWindow
|
|
request by some other client on the window attempts to change the size
|
|
of the window.
|
|
The width and height are the requested inside size, not including the border.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ConfigureRequest" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ConfigureRequest
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIparent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^: INT16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIborder-width\fP\^: CARD16
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIsibling\fP\^: WINDOW or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstack-mode\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Above ,
|
|
.PN Below ,
|
|
.PN TopIf ,
|
|
.PN BottomIf ,
|
|
.PN Opposite }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIvalue-mask\fP\^: BITMASK
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to the client selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect
|
|
on the parent and is generated when a
|
|
.PN ConfigureWindow
|
|
request is issued on the window by some other client.
|
|
The value-mask indicates which components were specified in the request.
|
|
The value-mask and the corresponding values are reported as given
|
|
in the request.
|
|
The remaining values are filled in from the current geometry of the window,
|
|
except in the case of sibling and stack-mode,
|
|
which are reported as
|
|
.PN None
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Above
|
|
(respectively) if not given in the request.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CirculateNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CirculateNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIevent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIplace\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Top ,
|
|
.PN Bottom }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN StructureNotify
|
|
on the window and to clients selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureNotify
|
|
on the parent.
|
|
It is generated when the window is actually restacked from a
|
|
.PN CirculateWindow
|
|
request.
|
|
The event is the window on which the event was generated,
|
|
and the window is the window that is restacked.
|
|
If place is
|
|
.PN Top ,
|
|
the window is now on top of all siblings.
|
|
Otherwise, it is below all siblings.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "CirculateRequest" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN CirculateRequest
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIparent\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIplace\fP:
|
|
.Pn { Top ,
|
|
.PN Bottom }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to the client selecting
|
|
.PN SubstructureRedirect
|
|
on the parent and is generated when a
|
|
.PN CirculateWindow
|
|
request is issued on the parent and a window actually needs to be restacked.
|
|
The window specifies the window to be restacked,
|
|
and the place specifies what the new position in the stacking order should be.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "PropertyNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN PropertyNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIatom\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstate\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { NewValue ,
|
|
.PN Deleted }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN PropertyChange
|
|
on the window and is generated with state
|
|
.PN NewValue
|
|
when a property of the window is changed using
|
|
.PN ChangeProperty
|
|
or
|
|
.PN RotateProperties ,
|
|
even when adding zero-length data using
|
|
.PN ChangeProperty
|
|
and when replacing all or part of a property with identical data using
|
|
.PN ChangeProperty
|
|
or
|
|
.PN RotateProperties .
|
|
It is generated with state
|
|
.PN Deleted
|
|
when a property of the
|
|
window is deleted using request
|
|
.PN DeleteProperty
|
|
or
|
|
.PN GetProperty .
|
|
The timestamp indicates the server time when the property was changed.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SelectionClear" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SelectionClear
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIowner\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIselection\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to the current owner of a selection
|
|
and is generated when a new owner is being defined by means of
|
|
.PN SetSelectionOwner .
|
|
The timestamp is the last-change time recorded for the selection.
|
|
The owner argument is the window that was specified by the current owner in its
|
|
.PN SetSelectionOwner
|
|
request.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SelectionRequest
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIowner\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIselection\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItarget\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIproperty\fP\^: ATOM or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIrequestor\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to the owner of a selection
|
|
and is generated when a client issues a
|
|
.PN ConvertSelection
|
|
request.
|
|
The owner argument is the window that was specified in the
|
|
.PN SetSelectionOwner
|
|
request.
|
|
The remaining arguments are as in the
|
|
.PN ConvertSelection
|
|
request.
|
|
.LP
|
|
The owner should convert the selection based on the specified target type
|
|
and send a
|
|
.PN SelectionNotify
|
|
back to the requestor.
|
|
A complete specification for using selections is given in the X.Org
|
|
standard \fIInter-Client Communication Conventions Manual\fP.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "SelectionNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN SelectionNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIrequestor\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIproperty\fP\^: ATOM or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItime\fP\^: TIMESTAMP or
|
|
.PN CurrentTime
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is generated by the server in response to a
|
|
.PN ConvertSelection
|
|
request when there is no owner for the selection.
|
|
When there is an owner,
|
|
it should be generated by the owner using
|
|
.PN SendEvent .
|
|
The owner of a selection should send this event to a requestor either
|
|
when a selection has been converted and stored as a property
|
|
or when a selection conversion could not be performed (indicated with property
|
|
.PN None ).
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ColormapNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ColormapNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIcolormap\fP\^: COLORMAP or
|
|
.PN None
|
|
.br
|
|
\fInew\fP\^: BOOL
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIstate\fP\^:
|
|
.Pn { Installed ,
|
|
.PN Uninstalled }
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is reported to clients selecting
|
|
.PN ColormapChange
|
|
on the window.
|
|
It is generated with value
|
|
.PN True
|
|
for new when the colormap attribute of the window is changed
|
|
and is generated with value
|
|
.PN False
|
|
for new when the colormap of a window is installed or uninstalled.
|
|
In either case,
|
|
the state indicates whether the colormap is currently installed.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "MappingNotify" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN MappingNotify
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIrequest\fP:
|
|
.Pn { Modifier ,
|
|
.PN Keyboard ,
|
|
.PN Pointer }
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIfirst-keycode\fP, \fIcount\fP\^: CARD8
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is sent to all clients.
|
|
There is no mechanism to express disinterest in this event.
|
|
The detail indicates the kind of change that occurred:
|
|
.PN Modifiers
|
|
for a successful
|
|
.PN SetModifierMapping ,
|
|
.PN Keyboard
|
|
for a successful
|
|
.PN ChangeKeyboardMapping ,
|
|
and
|
|
.PN Pointer
|
|
for a successful
|
|
.PN SetPointerMapping .
|
|
If the detail is
|
|
.PN Keyboard ,
|
|
then first-keycode and count indicate the range of altered keycodes.
|
|
.sp
|
|
.LP
|
|
.sM
|
|
.IN "ClientMessage" "" "@DEF@"
|
|
.PN ClientMessage
|
|
.LP
|
|
.in +.2i
|
|
\fIwindow\fP\^: WINDOW
|
|
.br
|
|
\fItype\fP\^: ATOM
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIformat\fP\^: {8, 16, 32}
|
|
.br
|
|
\fIdata\fP\^: LISTofINT8 or LISTofINT16 or LISTofINT32
|
|
.in -.2i
|
|
.eM
|
|
.LP
|
|
This event is only generated by clients using
|
|
.PN SendEvent .
|
|
The type specifies how the data is to be interpreted by the receiving client;
|
|
the server places no interpretation on the type or the data.
|
|
The format specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list of 8-bit,
|
|
16-bit, or 32-bit quantities, so that the server can correctly
|
|
byte-swap, as necessary.
|
|
The data always consists of either 20 8-bit values or 10 16-bit values
|
|
or 5 32-bit values, although particular message types might not make use
|
|
of all of these values.
|
|
.NH 1
|
|
Flow Control and Concurrency
|
|
.XS
|
|
\*(SN Flow Control and Concurrency
|
|
.XE
|
|
.LP
|
|
Whenever the server is writing to a given connection,
|
|
it is permissible for the server to stop reading from that connection
|
|
(but if the writing would block, it must continue to service other connections).
|
|
The server is not required to buffer more than a single request per connection
|
|
at one time.
|
|
For a given connection to the server,
|
|
a client can block while reading from the connection
|
|
but should undertake to read (events and errors) when writing would block.
|
|
Failure on the part of a client to obey this rule could result
|
|
in a deadlocked connection,
|
|
although deadlock is probably unlikely unless either
|
|
the transport layer has very little buffering or the client attempts to
|
|
send large numbers of requests without ever reading replies or checking for
|
|
errors and events.
|
|
.LP
|
|
Whether or not a server is implemented with internal concurrency,
|
|
the overall effect must be as if individual requests are executed to completion
|
|
in some serial order,
|
|
and requests from a given connection must be executed in delivery order
|
|
(that is, the total execution order is a shuffle of the individual streams).
|
|
The execution of a request includes validating all arguments,
|
|
collecting all data for any reply,
|
|
and generating and queueing all required events.
|
|
However,
|
|
it does not include the actual transmission of the reply and the events.
|
|
In addition, the effect of any other cause that can generate multiple events
|
|
(for example, activation of a grab or pointer motion) must effectively generate
|
|
and queue all required events indivisibly with respect to all other causes
|
|
and requests.
|
|
For a request from a given client,
|
|
any events destined for that client that are caused by executing the request
|
|
must be sent to the client before any reply or error is sent.
|
|
.bp
|